WO2006043064A1 - Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease - Google Patents

Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006043064A1
WO2006043064A1 PCT/GB2005/004040 GB2005004040W WO2006043064A1 WO 2006043064 A1 WO2006043064 A1 WO 2006043064A1 GB 2005004040 W GB2005004040 W GB 2005004040W WO 2006043064 A1 WO2006043064 A1 WO 2006043064A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
trifluoromethyl
phenyl
mixture
piperidin
etoac
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2005/004040
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Joanne Clare Hannam
Janusz Jozef Kulagowski
Andrew Madin
Mark Peter Ridgill
Eileen Mary Seward
Original Assignee
Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited filed Critical Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited
Priority to AU2005297063A priority Critical patent/AU2005297063B2/en
Priority to JP2007537378A priority patent/JP2008517047A/en
Priority to US11/664,678 priority patent/US7638629B2/en
Priority to CA002584504A priority patent/CA2584504A1/en
Priority to AT05794772T priority patent/ATE455763T1/en
Priority to DE602005019078T priority patent/DE602005019078D1/en
Priority to EP05794772A priority patent/EP1805141B1/en
Publication of WO2006043064A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006043064A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08Bridged systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/08Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/18Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/34Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D211/62Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals attached in position 4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/04Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms

Definitions

  • This invention relates to compounds for use in therapeutic treatment of the human body.
  • it provides carboxy-functional 1,2-disubstituted piperidines and related compounds useful for treating diseases associated with the deposition of ⁇ -amyloid peptide in the brain, such as Alzheimer's disease, or of preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with such diseases.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • DSM-IV American Psychiatric Association
  • a ⁇ fibrillar aggregates of ⁇ -amyloid peptide
  • a ⁇ is formed from amyloid precursor protein (APP) via separate intracellular proteolytic events involving the enzymes ⁇ -secretase and ⁇ -secretase.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • a ⁇ of varying chain length e.g. A ⁇ (l-38), A ⁇ (l-40) and A ⁇ (l-42).
  • N-terminal truncations such as A ⁇ (4-42) are also found in the brain, possibly as a result of variability in the site of proteolysis mediated by ⁇ -secretase.
  • expressions such as "A ⁇ (l-40)” and “A ⁇ (l-42)" as used herein are inclusive of such N-terminal truncated variants.
  • a ⁇ After secretion into the extracellular medium, A ⁇ forms initially-soluble aggregates which are widely believed to be the key neurotoxic agents in AD (see Gong et at, PNAS, 100 (2003), 10417-22), and which ultimately result in the insoluble deposits and dense neuritic plaques which are the pathological characteristics of AD.
  • dementing conditions associated with deposition of A ⁇ in the brain include cerebral amyloid angiopathy, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), multi- infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica and Down syndrome.
  • Other proposed methods of treatment include administering a compound which blocks the aggregation of A ⁇ , and administering an antibody which selectively binds to A ⁇ .
  • Another proposed treatment is that of modulation of the action of ⁇ -secretase so as to selectively attenuate the production of A ⁇ (l-42). This results in preferential secretion of the shorter chain isoforms of A ⁇ , which are believed to have a reduced propensity for self-aggregation and plaque formation, and hence are more easily cleared from the brain, and/or are less neurotoxic.
  • Compounds showing this effect include certain non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and their analogues (see WO 01/78721 and US 2002/0128319 and Weggen et al Nature, 414 (2001) 212-16; Morihara et al, J. Neurochem., 83 (2002), 1009-12; and Takahashi et al, J.
  • V represents a bond or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H 1 R 2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof;
  • W represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H, R 2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof, provided that when W represents a nitrogen atom, V represents a carbon atom and the moiety X-Z is attached to W;
  • X represents a bond or C(R X ) 2 or CH 2 C(R 1 ) 2 , provided that when W represents N, X does not represent a bond;
  • Y represents a bond or CH 2 or CH 2 CH 2 ;
  • Z represents CO 2 H or a tetrazole ring;
  • A represents hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 25 carbon atoms optionally bearing up to 5 substituents selected from halogen, CN, N 3 , NO 2 , C ⁇ perfluoroalkyl, OR 6 , SR 6 , OH, CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 and COR 6 ; each R 1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R 1 groups complete a C 3-6 alicyclic group;
  • R 2 represents a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 3 and R 4 each represents H, or when V and W each represents a carbon atom, R 3 and R 4 may together represent a CH 2 CH 2 bridge; each R 5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6 ; and
  • R 6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
  • IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: the moiety -(X) n -CO 2 H is attached to the 3-, 4- or 5-position of the piperidine ring; n is O or l; p is O or 1; q is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • A represents hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 20 carbon atoms optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6 ;
  • X represents C(R 1 J 2 or CH 2 C(R 1 ) 2 ;
  • Y represents a bond or CH 2 or CH 2 CH 2 ; each R 1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R 1 groups complete a C 3 . 6 alicyclic group;
  • R 2 represents a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 3 and R 4 each represents H or together represent a CH 2 CH 2 bridge
  • each R 5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6
  • R 6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
  • hydrocarbon group refers to groups consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms. Such groups may comprise linear, branched or cyclic structures, singly or in any combination consistent with the indicated maximum number of carbon atoms, and may be saturated or unsaturated, including aromatic when the indicated maximum number of carbon atoms so permits unless otherwise indicated.
  • Ci- X alkyl where x is an integer greater than 1 refers to straight- chained and branched alkyl groups wherein the number of constituent carbon atoms is in the range 1 to x. Particular alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl. Derived expressions such as “C 2 - 6 alkenyl”, “hydroxyC r6 alkyl”, “heteroarylC L ⁇ alkyl”, “C 2 - 6 alkynyl” and “C 1-6 alkoxy” are to be construed in an analogous manner.
  • perfluoroCi. 4 alkyl refers to linear or branched alkyl groups of up to 4 carbon atoms in which all the hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • C 3 . 6 alicyclic refers to cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing from
  • Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • halogen as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, of which fluorine and chlorine are preferred unless otherwise indicated.
  • the compounds of formula I may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds of formula I or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound according to the invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, methanesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be formed by neutralisation of the carboxylic acid group with a suitable base.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts thus formed include alkali metal salts such as sodium or potassium salts; ammonium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic bases, such as amine salts (including pyridinium salts) and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • V represents a bond or a carbon atom and W represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, with the proviso that when W represents a nitrogen atom, V cannot be a bond and the moiety X-Z must be attached to W.
  • Formula I therefore encompasses pyrrolidine, piperidine and piperazine derivatives, depending on the identities of V and W.
  • V represents a carbon atom, and hence completes a piperidine or piperazine ring.
  • the moiety X-Z may be attached at any available ring position, including ring positions represented by V and W, but when W represents a nitrogen atom, X-Z must be attached to W.
  • X-Z is not attached at either of the positions adjacent to the nitrogen atom which is bonded to A.
  • X-Z is typically attached at the 3-, 4- or 5-position, most preferably at the 4-position.
  • the nitrogen atom of the piperidine ring shall be taken as the 1 -position, and the carbon atom bonded to Y and R 4 as the 2-position.
  • Z represents CO 2 H or a tetrazole ring, in particular, Z represents CO 2 H or l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, but preferably represents CO 2 H.
  • the group X represents a bond, C(R*) 2 or CH 2 C(R I ) 2 , where each R 1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R 1 groups complete a C 3- 6 alicyclic group (such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentenyl or cyclopentyl).
  • one R 1 group is H and the other is H or Ci -6 alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl.
  • X include a bond, CH 2 , CH(CH 3 ), CH 2 CH 2 , cyclo ⁇ entan-l,l-diyl and cyclopent-3-en-l,l-diyl, with the proviso that when W represents a nitrogen atom, X cannot be a bond.
  • X represents a bond or CH 2 , and most preferably X represents CH 2 .
  • Y represents a bond, CH 2 or CH 2 CH 2 , preferably a bond or CH 2 , and most preferably a bond.
  • the group R 2 (when present) may be attached at any available position on the ring, including a carbon atom represented by V or W and including a carbon atom to which the moiety X-Z is attached, hi one particular embodiment, p is 0 and R 2 is absent, hi another particular embodiment, p is 1, V and W complete a piperidine ring and R 2 and the moiety X-Z are both attached at the 4-position thereof, hi another particular embodiment, p is 1, V and W complete a piperidine ring, R 2 is attached at the 3- position and the moiety X-Z is attached at the 4-position.
  • R 2 is attached at the 6-position and the moiety X-Z is attached at the 4-position.
  • Typical identities for R 2 include Q ⁇ alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or n-propyl, and C 2 . 6 alkenyl, such as allyl.
  • R 3 and R 4 each represent H, or when V and W each represents a carbon atom, R 3 and R 4 may together represent -CH 2 CH 2 -, thereby completing a bridged bicyclic structure.
  • R 3 and R 4 together represent -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • p is preferably 0, and Y is preferably a bond.
  • q is preferably 1 or 2, most preferably 1.
  • Each R 5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6 , where R 6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
  • R 5 represents halogen (especially F), R 6 or OR 6 and R 6 represents C ⁇ aUcyl bearing 0-3 fluorine substituents or C 2 . 6 alkenyl.
  • R 5 represents halogen (especially F)
  • R 6 or OR 6 and R 6 represents C ⁇ aUcyl bearing 0-3 fluorine substituents or C 2 . 6 alkenyl.
  • R 5 is very suitably (but not necessarily) attached in the 4-position.
  • Typical identities for (R 5 ) q include 2-CF 3 , 3-CF 3 , 4-CF 3 , 2,4-di(CF 3 ), 2-F-4-CF 3 , 4-OCF 3 , 4-allyl, 4-n- propyl, 4-isopropyl and 4-tert-butyl.
  • (R 5 ) q represents 4-CF 3 .
  • the group A is a hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, preferably from 5 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally bearing up to 5 (preferably up to 3) substituents selected from halogen, CN, N 3 , NO 2 , Ci -4 perfluoroalkyl, OR 6 , SR 6 , OH, CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 and COR 6 ; where R 6 is as defined previously.
  • substituents include halogen, CN, N 3 , Ci. 4 perfluoroalkyl (e.g. CF 3 or C 2 Fs), OCF 3 , SCF 3 , OH, OCi. 4 alkyl, COC 1-4 alkyl and COC 6 H 5 .
  • A comprises an acetylenic triple bond and is unsusbstituted, an example being 4,4-dimethylpent-2-ynyl.
  • A comprises at least one carbocyclic ring.
  • Said ring or rings may have one or more acyclic hydrocarbon groups attached thereto, consistent with the total number of carbon atoms being in the range of from 5 to 25.
  • said carbocyclic ring or rings are 5- or 6-membered ring and the optional substituents borne by A are attached thereto.
  • such a ring is attached to the 1 -position of the piperidine ring by a direct bond or via a one-carbon or two-carbon spacing group, most preferably by a bond or a one-carbon spacing group. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, A may be represented as:
  • R 7 is H or a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms, and A' represents a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclic ring system optionally having one or more acyclic hydrocarbon groups attached thereto, such that the total number of carbon atoms is in the range of 5 to 25;
  • A' and R 7 optionally and independently bearing one or more additional substituents, up to a maximum of 5 in combined total, selected from halogen, CN, N 3 , NO 2 , C 1 . 4 perfluoroalkyl, OR 6 , SR 6 , OH, CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 and COR 6 ; where R 6 is as defined previously.
  • the total number of substituents is greater than 3, at least one of the substituents is halogen. Most preferably, the total number of substituents is not greater than 3.
  • said one or more substituents are preferably selected from Q ⁇ alkoxy, halogen and Ci. 4 perfluoroalkyl.
  • R 7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 and COR 6 where R 6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
  • R 7 Typical identities for R 7 include H; Q.ioalkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, isoamyl and 3,3-dimethylbutyl; substituted such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 1- ethoxyethyl, t-butoxymethyl and 3-methoxypropyl; C 2- i 0 alkenyl such as allyl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl and but-3-en-l-yl; C 2- i 0 alkynyl such as propynyl and 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl; C 3 .
  • Q.ioalkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, isoamyl and 3,
  • cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; C 3 . 6 cycloalkylCi -4 alkyl such as cyclopropylmethyl; optionally- substituted phenylQ ⁇ alkyl such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)ethyl and 2-(3,4- difluorophenyl)ethyl; optionally-substituted phenylC 2 . 6 alkynyl such as phenylethynyl; and optionally- substituted phenyl such as 4-trifluoromethylphenyl.
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 7 is Ci. 6 alkyl.
  • Ring systems represented by A 1 may be fully saturated (such as cyclopropane, cyclopentane or cyclohexane), partially unsaturated (such as cyclohexene or tetrahydronaphthalene) or aromatic (such as benzene, biphenyl or naphthalene).
  • A' represents an aromatic ring system, and in a most preferred embodiment A' represents phenyl optionally having attached thereto up to 2 acyclic hydrocarbon groups selected from (such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl) and C 2 - 6 alkenyl (such as allyl or vinyl), and optionally bearing up to 3 further substituents as defined previously, but preferably not more than two such substituents.
  • Preferred substituents include halogen, CN, N 3 , Ci -4 perfluoroalkyl, OR 6 , SR 6 and COR 6 .
  • R 6 is very suitably C 1-4 alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl), fluorinated Ci. 4 alkyl (such as CHF 2 or CF 3 ), or phenyl.
  • phenyl groups represented by A' include phenyl, vinylphenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, iodophenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, pentafluoroethylphenyl, cyanophenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, difluoromethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylthiophenyl, benzoylphenyl, biphenyl, 4'-trifluoromethylbiphenyl, bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, dichlorophenyl, dimethylphenyl, 2-azido-4-iodophenyl, 5-fluoro-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl) ⁇ henyl, 2-chloro-5-
  • a first subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula H:
  • R 7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6 .
  • a second subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula IE: and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein m, A', X, Y, R 5 , R 6 and R 7 have the same definitions and preferred identities as before.
  • R 7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO 2 , R 6 , OR 6 , CO 2 R 6 , OCOR 6 or COR 6 .
  • Y is preferably a bond.
  • a third subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula IV:
  • R a represents H, halogen or CF 3 ;
  • R b , R c and R d are independently selected from H, halogen, CN, N 3 , Ci -4 perfluoroalkyl, Q ⁇ alkoxy, OCF 3 , SCF 3 , Ci. 4 alkyl, C 2 - 4 alkenyl, and phenyl which is optionally substituted with halogen or Ci. 4 perfluoroalkyl, provided that R b , R c and R d together contain not more than 8 carbon atoms; and
  • R 7a represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms optionally bearing a Cx ⁇ perfluoroalkyl substituent or up to 2 halogen substituents.
  • the substituted phenyl group attached to the 2-position of the piperidine ring and the CH 2 CO 2 H group attached in the 4-position are advantageously (but not necessarily) in the c ⁇ -configuration with respect to the piperidine ring.
  • R a represents H.
  • at least one of R b , R c and R d is H, and in a particular embodiment two of R b , R c and
  • R d represent H.
  • the remaining one of R b , R c and R d is suitably (but not necessarily) attached to the 4-position.
  • not more than one of R b , R c and R d represents N 3
  • not more than one of R b , R c and R d may represent optionally-substituted phenyl.
  • Examples of optionally-substituted phenyl groups completed by R b , R c and R d include phenyl, vinylphenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, iodophenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, pentafluoroethylphenyl, cyanophenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, difluoromethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylthiophenyl, biphenyl, 4'-trifluoromethylbiphenyl, bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, dichlorophenyl, dimethylphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5- chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5-propy
  • R 7a is preferably unsubstituted or bears a Q ⁇ perfluoroalkyl substituent such as CF 3 .
  • Typical identities for R 7a include Q.ioalkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, isoamyl, or 3,3-dimethylbutyl; substituted Ci.
  • alkyl such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl
  • C 2 .ioalkenyl such as allyl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl or but-3-en-l-yl
  • C 2 .ioalkynyl such as propynyl or 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl
  • C 3 . 6 cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl
  • C 3-6 cycloalkylCi such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl
  • C 2 .ioalkenyl such as allyl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl or but-3-en-l-yl
  • C 2 .ioalkynyl such as propynyl or 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl
  • C 3 . 6 cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohex
  • R 7a represents a branched alkyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as isopentyl (i.e.
  • 3- methylbutyl a branched alkenyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as 3-methylbuten-l-yl, or a branched alkynyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl.
  • the conversion to the nitrile may be carried out by adding trimethylaluminium to a suspension of ammonium chloride in toluene, then adding the ester (1), refluxing the mixture, and treating with solid potassium sodium tartrate.
  • Compounds (1) may be obtained by reaction of compounds (2) with A - L:
  • L is a leaving group such as halide (especially bromide or iodide), tosylate, mesylate or triflate, and R, p, q, V, W, X, Y, A, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as before.
  • halide especially bromide or iodide
  • R, p, q, V, W, X, Y, A, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the same meanings as before.
  • L is preferably Br or I and the reaction is suitably carried out in the presence of strong base such as potassium t-butoxide, a Pd(O) catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and an additional ligand such as 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 4', 6'-tripropyl-l,l'-biphenyl in TKF with microwave heating.
  • base such as potassium t-butoxide
  • Pd(O) catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)
  • an additional ligand such as 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 4', 6'-tripropyl-l,l'-biphenyl in TKF with microwave heating.
  • the attachment point of the group A is an sp3 carbon atom
  • normal alkylating conditions may be employed, e.g. heating in DMF solution in the presence of base such as potassium carbonate
  • compounds (2) may undergo reductive alkylation with precursors of the group A which contain an aldehyde or ketone functionality.
  • This route is particularly useful when A takes the form A'-CH(R 7 )-, where A' and R 7 have the same meanings as before.
  • the compound (2) may be refluxed with A'-CO-R 7 in toluene in the presence of an acid catalyst, with azeotropic removal of water, and the resulting adduct reduced using sodium triacetoxyborohydride.
  • R 7 is an alkyn-1-yl group
  • a compound (2) is reacted with A'-CHO and R 7 -H in the presence of gold(IU) bromide, e.g. via microwave heating at 70 0 C in water.
  • the compound (2), A'-CHO and benzotriazole are refluxed in toluene with azeotropic removal of water, and the resulting adduct reacted with R 7 -Zn-Hal where Hal represents halide (preferably chloride) and A' and R 7 have the same meanings as before.
  • the reaction is suitably carried out in an anhydrous aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane at reduced temperature, e.g. below 1O 0 C.
  • Piperidines (2) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R 3 and R 4 are H may be obtained by hydrogenation of the corresponding pyridines (3):
  • R, p, q, X, Y, R 2 and R 5 have the same meanings as before, e.g. in methanolic HCl over a PtO 2 catalyst.
  • Pyridines (3) in which X is a bond and Y is CH 2 are obtainable by coupling of chloropyridines (4a) with benzylzinc derivatives (5b).
  • the reaction may be carried out at O 0 C to ambient temperature in THF in the presence of a nickel catalyst such as (Ph 3 P) 2 NiCl 2 .
  • Pyridines (3) in which X is a bond and Y is CH 2 CH 2 are obtainable by coupling of chloropyridines (4a) with alkynes (5c) followed by hydrogenation.
  • the coupling may be carried out in the presence of CuI and a Pd(O) catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 ) 4 , e.g. in a mixture of dioxan and triethylamine with microwave heating.
  • the hydrogenation takes place under similar conditions to the conversion of pyridines (3) to piperidines (2), and indeed is preferably combined with that process.
  • Pyridines (3) in which X is CH 2 may be obtained by elaboration of chloropyridines (4b) with (5a), (5b) or (5c) as described above, then treating the product with CO(OR) 2 in the presence of strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide, where R has the same meaning as before.
  • the chloropyridines (4b) may be treated with CO(OR) 2 prior to the reaction with (5a), (5b) or (5c).
  • Piperidines of formula (2) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R 3 and R 4 are H, X is a bond, p is 1 and R 2 is attached to the same ring position as the CO 2 R group are obtained by alkylation of the corresponding compounds in which p is 0 with R 2 -L, where L has the same meaning as before.
  • the reaction may be carried out in THF solution in the presence of strong base such as lithium hexamethyldisilazide (HMDS). During this procedure, it is preferable to protect the 1 -position of the piperidine ring, e.g. as the BOC derivative.
  • HMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide
  • esters (1) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R 3 and R 4 are H, p is 0, X is CH 2 and the CH 2 CO 2 R group is attached to the 4-position involves condensation of piperidones (6) with (RO) 2 P(O)CH 2 CO 2 R, followed by hydrogenation of the resulting olefin (7):
  • Ketones (6) are available by reduction of dihydropyridones (8):
  • A, Y, L, q and R 5 have the same meanings as before.
  • the reduction may be carried out using a borohydride reductant such as L-Selectride in THF at -78 0 C.
  • piperidones( ⁇ ) may be obtained in a one-pot process by reacting the aforesaid imines with trimethyl[(l-methyleneprop-2-en-l-yl)oxy]silane (e.g. in dichloromethane at ambient temperature under an inert atmosphere), then adding tetrabutylammonium fluoride.
  • Y is preferably a bond.
  • the above-described routes involving dihydropyridines (8) or (10) may be adapted to provide products having an R 2 in the 3-position of the piperidine ring via alkylation of the compounds (8) or (10) with R 2 -L, where R 2 and L have the same meanings as before. Said alkylation takes place under conventional conditions (e.g. in THF in the presence of lithium diisopropylamide).
  • the aforesaid routes may be adapted to provide products having an R 2 group in the 6-position of the piperidine ring via treatment of compounds (8) or (10) with R 2 -Mg-halide in the presence of CuI, where R 2 has the same meaning as before.
  • the reaction may be carried out in THF at reduced temperature (e.g. -78°C to -10 0 C).
  • the aforesaid routes may be adapted to provide products in which the - CH 2 CO 2 R group is attached at the 3-position of the piperidine ring via alkylation of compounds (8) or (10) with L-CH 2 CO 2 R, where L and R have the same meanings as before, followed by reduction of the keto group to CH 2 .
  • the alkylation takes place under conventional conditions, and reduction of the keto group is readily effected via treatment with 1,2-ethanedithiol to form the dithioketal, followed by treatment with Raney nickel.
  • R, A, Y, q and R 5 have the same meanings as before.
  • the cyclisation takes place in the presence of a Ru catalyst and the reduction may be effected by treatment with Mg in methanol.
  • Dienes (12) are obtainable by alkylation of secondary amines (13) with the appropriate bromomethacrylate ester, and amines (13) are available by condensation of aldehydes (9) with A-NH 2 and treatment of the product with allyltributylstannane:
  • R, A, Y, q and R 5 have the same meanings as before.
  • the reaction may be carried out by heating at about 16O 0 C with sodium chloride in DMSO. Subsequent reflux of the product with sodium methoxide in methanol causes epimerisation at the 4-position and enrichment with the czs-isomer at the expense of the trans-isomer.
  • Bis-esters (14) are available from the reaction of amines A-NH 2 with diketones (15):
  • the first step may be carried out in dimethoxyethane in the presence of a tertiary amine and TiCl 4 at -78 0 C with warming to ambient.
  • the second step may be carried out by adding a methanolic solution of sodium cyanoborohydride to the reaction mixture at room temperature.
  • Diketones (15) may be obtained by alkylation of the appropriate allylmalonate dialkyl ester with a compound of formula (16):
  • the alkylation may be carried out in DMF in the presence of NaH (e.g. at ambient temperature).
  • the ozonolysis may be effected by passing ozone-enriched oxygen through a dichloromethane solution of the substrate at -78 0 C, adding dimethyl sulfide, then stirring overnight at ambient temperature.
  • Piperidines of formula (2) in which R 3 and R 4 complete a -CH 2 CH 2 - bridge and Y is a bond may be obtained by elaboration of bicyclic ketones (14):
  • q and R 5 have the same meanings as before, by the methods described above for the conversion of ketones (6) to esters (1), followed by removal of the protecting group 4-methoxybenzyl by hydrogenation.
  • the bicyclic ketones (17) are available by reaction of 4-methoxybenzylamine with acetonedicarboxylic acid, then treatment of the product in situ with a ketoaldehyde (18):
  • R 5 and q have the same meanings as before.
  • a preferred route to piperazines of formula (1) in which V is a carbon atom and W is a nitrogen atom involves alkylation of compounds (19) with L-X'-CO 2 R:
  • Compounds (20) using the methods described previously for conversion of compounds (2) to compounds (1), followed by removal of the trityl group (e.g. by treatment with methanolic HCl).
  • Compounds (20) are available via coupling of compounds(5a), (5b) or (5c) with the appropriate pyrazine derivatives in the manner described above for the synthesis of pyridines (3), followed by hydrogenation (as in the conversion of compounds (3) to compounds (2)) and tritylation by standard methods.
  • a preferred route to pyrrolidines of formula (1) in which V is a bond, p is 0 and X represents CH 2 involves the steps of (a) condensing an aldehyde (9) with t-butylsulphinamide and reacting the resulting imine with allylMgBr to provide the adduct (21a):
  • a piperidine of formula (2a), an aldehyde of formula (23) and a 1-alkyne are subjected to microwave heating in the presence of gold(IH) bromide (e.g. at about 7O 0 C), providing compounds of formula IV in which R 7a is 1-alkynyl.
  • gold(IH) bromide e.g. at about 7O 0 C
  • the corresponding compounds in which R 7a is alkyl or alkenyl may be obtained by hydrogenation of the alkynyl derivatives (e.g. in ethyl acetate over a Pd/C catalyst).
  • Carboxylic acids of formula I in which X is a bond may be converted to the corresponding compounds in which X is CH 2 by standard methods of homologation, for example sequential treatment with oxalyl chloride; trimethylsilyldiazomethane and acetonitrile; ROH and silver benzoate; then hydrolysis of the resulting ester. Similar treatment of the corresponding compounds in which X is CH 2 provides the compounds in which X is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Esters of formula (1) in which X is C(R*) 2 or CH 2 C(R ⁇ 2 and at least one R 1 is other than H may be prepared by alkylation of the corresponding compounds in which each R 1 is H by standard methods.
  • a given compound in accordance with formula I may be converted to a different compound in accordance with formula I by means of the standard techniques of bond formation or cleavage known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • Certain compounds according to the invention may exist as optical isomers due to the presence of one or more chiral centres or because of the overall asymmetry of the molecule. Such compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution.
  • the novel compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques such as preparative HPLC, or the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as di-p-toluoyl-D-tartaric acid and/or di-p-toluoyl- L-tartaric acid, followed by fractional crystallisation and regeneration of the free base.
  • novel compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary.
  • racemic intermediates in the preparation of compounds of formula I may be resolved by the aforementioned techniques, and the desired enantiomer used in subsequent steps.
  • racemic piperidine derivatives (2a) may be resolved via salt formation with L-mandelic acid.
  • any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 3 rd ed., 1999.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • the compounds of the invention have the useful property of modifying the action of ⁇ -secretase on amyloid precursor protein so as to selectively reduce the formation of the 1-42 isoform of A ⁇ , and hence find use in the development of treatments for diseases mediated by A ⁇ (l-42), in particular diseases involving deposition of ⁇ -amyloid in the brain.
  • the disease associated with deposition of A ⁇ in the brain is typically Alzheimer's disease (AD), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCPIWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome, preferably AD.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy HCPIWA-D
  • multi-infarct dementia dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome, preferably AD.
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of Formula I as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating or preventing a disease associated with deposition of A ⁇ in the brain comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula I modulate the action of ⁇ -secretase so as to selectively attenuate production of the (1-42) isoform of A ⁇ without significantly lowering production of the shorter chain isoforms such as A ⁇ (l-40). This results in secretion of A ⁇ which has less tendency to self-aggregate and form insoluble deposits, is more easily cleared from the brain, and/or is less neurotoxic. Therefore, a further aspect of the invention provides a method for retarding, arresting or preventing the accumulation of A ⁇ in the brain comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compounds of formula I modulate the activity of ⁇ -secretase, as opposed to suppressing said activity, it is believed that the therapeutic benefits described above will be obtained with a reduced risk of side effects, e.g. those that might arise from a disruption of other signalling pathways (e.g. Notch) which are controlled by ⁇ -secretase.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from AD, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome, preferably AD.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from mild cognitive impairment or age-related cognitive decline.
  • age-related cognitive decline and mild cognitive impairment are conditions in which a memory deficit is present, but other diagnostic criteria for dementia are absent (Santacruz and Swagerty, American Family Physician, 63 (2001), 703- 13). (See also “The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders", Geneva: World Health Organisation, 1992, 64-5).
  • age-related cognitive decline implies a decline of at least six months' duration in at least one of: memory and learning; attention and concentration; thinking; language; and visuospatial functioning and a score of more than one standard deviation below the norm on standardized neuropsychologic testing such as the MMSE.
  • the compound of Formula I is advantageously administered to patients who suffer impaired memory function but do not exhibit symptoms of dementia.
  • impairment of memory function typically is not attributable to systemic or cerebral disease, such as stroke or metabolic disorders caused by pituitary dysfunction.
  • Such patients may be in particular people aged 55 or over, especially people aged 60 or over, and preferably people aged 65 or over.
  • Such patients may have normal patterns and levels of growth hormone secretion for their age. However, such patients may possess one or more additional risk factors for developing Alzheimer's disease.
  • Such factors include a family history of the disease; a genetic predisposition to the disease; elevated serum cholesterol; and adult-onset diabetes mellitus.
  • the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from age-related cognitive decline or MCI who additionally possesses one or more risk factors for developing AD selected from: a family history of the disease; a genetic predisposition to the disease; elevated serum cholesterol; adult-onset diabetes mellitus; elevated baseline hippocampal volume; elevated CSF levels of total tau; elevated CSF levels of phospho-tau; and lowered CSF levels of A ⁇ (l-42),
  • a genetic predisposition (especially towards early onset AD) can arise from point mutations in one or more of a number of genes, including the APP, presenilin-1 and presenilin-2 genes. Also, subjects who are homozygous for the ⁇ 4 isoform of the apolipoprotein E gene are at greater risk of developing AD.
  • the patient's degree of cognitive decline or impairment is advantageously assessed at regular intervals before, during and/or after a course of treatment in accordance with the invention, so that changes therein may be detected, e.g. the slowing or halting of cognitive decline.
  • a variety of neuropsychological tests are known in the art for this purpose, such as the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) with norms adjusted for age and education (Folstein et al, J. Psych. Res., 12 (1975), 196-198, Anthony et al, Psychological Med., 12 (1982), 397-408; Cockrell et al, Psychopharmacology, 24 (1988), 689-692; Cmm et al, J. Am. Med. Assoc'n.
  • MMSE Mini-Mental State Examination
  • the MMSE is a brief, quantitative measure of cognitive status in adults. It can be used to screen for cognitive decline or impairment, to estimate the severity of cognitive decline or impairment at a given point in time, to follow the course of cognitive changes in an individual over time, and to document an individual's response to treatment.
  • Another suitable test is the Alzheimer Disease Assessment Scale (ADAS), in particular the cognitive element thereof (ADAS-cog) (See Rosen et al., Am. J. Psychiatry, 141 (1984), 1356-64).
  • the compounds of Formula I are typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • these compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, transdermal patches, auto-injector devices or suppositories; for oral, parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the principal active ingredient typically is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g.
  • a tableting ingredient such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate and dicalcium phosphate, or gums, dispersing .agents, suspending agents or surfactants such as sorbitan monooleate and polyethylene glycol, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a homogeneous preformulation composition containing a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
  • This preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • Typical unit dosage forms contain from 1 to 100 mg, for example 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50 or 100 mg, of the active ingredient.
  • Tablets or pills of the composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, poly(ethylene glycol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone) or gelatin.
  • a suitable dosage level is about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg per day, and more preferably about 0.05 to 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, of the active compound.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day. In some cases, however, a dosage outside these limits may be used.
  • the compounds of Formula I optionally may be administered in combination with one or more additional compounds known to be useful in the treatment or prevention of AD or the symptoms thereof.
  • additional compounds thus include cognition-enhancing drugs such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g. donepezil and galanthamine), NMDA antagonists (e.g. memantine) or PDE4 inhibitors (e.g. ArifloTM and the classes of compounds disclosed in WO 03/018579, WO 01/46151, WO 02/074726 and WO 02/098878).
  • additional compounds also include cholesterol-lowering drugs such as the statins, e.g. simvastatin.
  • Such additional compounds similarly include compounds known to modify the production or processing of A ⁇ in the brain ("amyloid modifiers"), such as compounds which inhibit the secretion of A ⁇ (including ⁇ -secretase inhibitors, ⁇ -secretase inhibitors, and GSK-3 ⁇ inhibitors), compounds which inhibit the aggregation of A ⁇ , and antibodies which selectively bind to A ⁇ .
  • amloid modifiers compounds which inhibit the secretion of A ⁇ (including ⁇ -secretase inhibitors, ⁇ -secretase inhibitors, and GSK-3 ⁇ inhibitors), compounds which inhibit the aggregation of A ⁇ , and antibodies which selectively bind to A ⁇ .
  • growth hormone secretagogues as disclosed in WO 2004/110443.
  • the amyloid modifier may be a compound which inhibits the secretion of A ⁇ , for example an inhibitor of ⁇ -secretase (such as those disclosed in WO 01/53255, WO 01/66564, WO 01/70677, WO 01/90084, WO 01/77144, WO 02/30912, WO 02/36555, WO 02/081435, WO 02/081433, WO 03/018543, WO 03/093252, WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251, WO 03/093253, WO 03/013506, WO 03/013527 and WO 03/014075), or a ⁇ -secretase inhibitor (such as those disclosed in WO 03/037325, WO 03/030886, WO 03/006013, WO 03/006021, WO 03/006423, WO 03/006453, WO 02/002122, WO 01/70672, WO 02
  • amyloid modifier is advantageously a ⁇ -secretase inhibitor, preferred examples of which include a compound of formula XI:
  • Such compounds may be prepared as described in WO 03/018543.
  • Preferred examples include those defined by formula XIa:
  • m is 0 or 1
  • X is Cl or CF 3
  • Y is OH, OC 1- 6 alkyl, NH 2 or NHC 1-6 alkyl.
  • Particular examples include those in which m is 1 and Y is OH (or the sodium salts thereof), and those in which m is 0 and Y is NH 2 or NHCi-ealkyl.
  • ⁇ -secretase inhibitors for use in this embodiment of the invention is that defined by formula XII:
  • X is very aptly 5-substituted-thiazol-2-yl, 5-substituted-4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-substituted-l- methylpyrazol-3-yl, l-substituted-imidazol-4-yl or l-substituted-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl.
  • R represents optionally-substituted phenyl or heteroaryl such as phenyl, monohalophenyl, dihalophenyl, trihalophenyl, cyanophenyl, methylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridyl, monohalopyridyl and trifluoromethylpyridyl, wherein "halo" refers to fluoro or chloro.
  • R-X- Particularly preferred identities of R-X- include 5-(4-fluoro ⁇ henyl)-l-methylpyrazol-3- yl, 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l-methylpyrazol-3-yl and l-(4-fluoro ⁇ henyl)imidazol-4-yl.
  • Such compounds may be prepared by methods disclosed in WO 03/093252.
  • ⁇ -secretase inhibitors include those disclosed in WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251, WO 03/093253, WO 2004/039370, WO 2004/39800 and WO 2004/031139.
  • the amyloid modifier may be a compound which inhibits the aggregation of A ⁇ .
  • suitable examples include chelating agents such as clioquinol (Gouras and Beal, Neuron, 30 (2001), 641- 2) and the compounds disclosed in WO 99/16741, in particular that known as DP-109 (Kalendarev et al, /. Pharm. Biomed. Anal, 24 (2001), 967-75).
  • inhibitors of A ⁇ aggregation suitable for use in the invention include the compounds disclosed in WO 96/28471, WO 98/08868 and WO 00/052048, including the compound known as ApanTM (Praecis); WO 00/064420, WO 03/017994, WO 99/59571 and the compound known as AlzhemedTM (Neurochem); WO 00/149281 and the compositions known as PTI- 777 and PTI-00703 (ProteoTech); WO 96/39834, WO 01/83425, WO 01/55093, WO 00/76988, WO 00/76987, WO 00/76969, WO 00/76489, WO 97/26919, WO 97/16194, and WO 97/16191.
  • the amyloid modifier may be an antibody which binds selectively to A ⁇ .
  • Said antibody may be polyclonal or monoclonal, but is preferably monoclonal, and is preferably human or humanized.
  • the antibody is capable of sequestering soluble A ⁇ from biological fluids, as described in WO 03/016466, WO 03/016467, WO 03/015691 and WO 01/62801.
  • Suitable antibodies include humanized antibody 266 (described in WO 01/62801) and the modified version thereof described in WO 03/016466.
  • the expression "in combination with” requires that therapeutically effective amounts of both the compound of Formula I and the additional compound are administered to the subject, but places no restriction on the manner in which this is achieved.
  • the two species may be combined in a single dosage form for simultaneous administration to the subject, or may be provided in separate dosage forms for simultaneous or sequential administration to the subject. Sequential administration may be close in time or remote in time, e.g. one species administered in the morning and the other in the evening.
  • the separate species may be administered at the same frequency or at different frequencies, e.g. one species once a day and the other two or more times a day.
  • the separate species may be administered by the same route or by different routes, e.g.
  • the invention provides the combination of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a compound of formula XI(a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treatment or prevention of a disease associated with deposition of ⁇ - amyloid in the brain. Said use may involve the simultaneous or separate administration of the respective compounds to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a compound of formula XI(a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a unit dose form suitable for oral administration, such as a tablet or a capsule.
  • Human SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cells overexpressing the direct ⁇ -secretase substrate SPA4CT were induced with sodium butyrate (10 mM) for 4 hours prior to plating.
  • Cells were plated at 35,000 cells/well/100 ⁇ l in 96-well plates in phenol red-free MEM/10% FBS, 50 mM HEPES, 1% Glutamine and incubated for 2 hrs at 37 0 C, 5% CO 2 .
  • a ⁇ (42) premix 0.5 ⁇ g/ml ruthenylated G2-11 antibody, 4 ⁇ g/ml biotinylated 4G8 antibody diluted in Origen buffer
  • the Origen M8 Analyser (Igen Inc.) was calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. 25 ⁇ l of streptavidin magnetic bead (Dynal) premix (400 ⁇ g/ml streptavidin beads/ml in Origen buffer) was added to the assay plates and incubated on a shaker for 15 minutes. 150 ⁇ l Origen buffer was added to each well and the plates were read on the Origen M8 Analyser according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cell viability was measured in the corresponding cells after removal of the media for the A ⁇ assays by a colorimetric cell proliferation assay (CellTiter 96TM AQ assay, Promega) utilizing the bioreduction of MTS (Owen's reagent) to formazan according to the manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, 5 ⁇ l of 10x MTS/PES was added to the remaining 50 ⁇ l of media before returning to the incubator. The optical density was read at 495 run after ⁇ 4 hours.
  • LD 50 and IC 50 values for inhibition of A ⁇ (40) and A ⁇ (42) were calculated by nonlinear regression fit analysis using the appropriate software (eg. Excel fit). The total signal and the background were defined by the corresponding Me 2 SO and inhibitor controls.
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4-yIidene ⁇ acetate
  • Step 5 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 1 [2R/S,(2R*,4S*)]- Ethyl 2- ⁇ l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl ⁇ propanoate
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)arnide (1.0M in THF, 0.4ml, 0.4mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester from Example 1, Step 5 (cis isomer, 155mg, 0.36mmol) in dry THF under N 2 at -78 0 C. After 30 minutes methyl iodide (45 ⁇ l, 0.72mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , and then partitioned between EtOAcZH 2 O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2).
  • the free base was obtained by treatment with NaHCO 3 (aq) and extraction in to DCM.
  • the organic extracts were dried, filtered and evaporated.
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ l-(4-chlorophenvI)-2-r4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl1piperidin-4-yI)acetate
  • Step 5 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ l-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid
  • Example 7 The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting A- (isopropyl)phenylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzeneboronic acid in Step 2 and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES + ) 406 (MH + ).
  • Example 7 The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting A- (isopropyl)phenylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES + ) 380 (MH + ).
  • Example 7 The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting 3- (trifluoromethyl) ⁇ henylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES + ) 406 (MH + ).
  • the charcoal was removed by filtration through Celite and the solvent was removed in vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 5- 20% ether in hexane as eluant to yield the product as a colourless oil (3.6g, 90%).
  • Example 14 The compound of Example 14 was reacted according to the procedure described in Example 13a (section a) to afford the homologated benzyl ester: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) ⁇ : 1.14 (6H, dd, J 1.8, 7.0), 1.19- 1.29 (IH, m), 1.67-1.73 (IH, m), 1.88-1.98 (2H, m), 2.27-2.33 (2H, m), 2.37-2.43 (IH, m), 2.56 (IH, dd, J 10.0, 11.7), 2.69-2.77 (IH, qn, J 6.7), 3.50 (IH, dd, J 2.0, 11.7), 4.04 (IH, dd, J 2.4, 9.8), 5.14 (2H, d, J 1.0), 6.79 (2H, d, J 8.6), 6.94 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.34-7.42 (9H, m); M/Z (ES + ) 496
  • Step 2 Methyl ⁇ 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyridin-3-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-(2Jg*,35 ;
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-EthyI (2E/Z)- ⁇ (22?*,3/?*)-3-AlIyl-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene ⁇ acetate
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (22?*,3 J R*,4 J R*)-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-3-propyl-2-[4- (trifluoromethyIphenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step_5i ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (22?*,3Z?*,4 J R*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-3-propyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid
  • 6-Chloronicotinic acid (1.57g, O.Olmmol), [4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]boronic acid (1.9g, O.Olmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (230mg, 2mol%), Na 2 CO 3 (2M, 5ml) in THF (15ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 150 0 C. The cooled mixture was filtered through Hyflo ® to remove inorganic material, the Hyflo ® was washed with EtOAc and the combined organic extracts were dispersed between aq. NaOH and EtOAc.
  • Methyl 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]isonicotinate Methyl 2-chloroisonicotinate (427mg), 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acid (474mg), potassium phosphate (800mg), l,l-[bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) (102mg), in PhMe (5ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 15O 0 C.
  • Methyl 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]isonicotinate was dissolved in MeOH (180ml) and HCl in dioxane (4.5ml, 4N). To this solution was added platinum oxide (500mg) and the mixture was hydrogenated at 30psi for 2h. The mixture was filtered through Hyflo ® to remove the catalyst and the solution was evaporated and azeotroped with toluene to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (5g).
  • Extracts were washed with H 2 O (4xl0ml), brine (10ml) and dried (MgSO 4 ) to give an orange gum (180 mg).
  • the crude product was purified using chromatography on silica using 8% EtOAc/isohexane to give a pale gum (120mg, 0.31mmol, 68%).
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-cw-Methyl ⁇ l-[5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
  • Extracts were washed with H 2 O (4x25ml), brine (25ml) and dried (MgSO 4 ) to give a yellow oil (2.12g).
  • the crude product was purified using column chromatography on silica using 5% EtOAc/isohexane to give a clear gum (1.34g, 2.72mmol, 92%).
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ y-cw-il-P ⁇ -BisCtrifluoromethy ⁇ benzyy ⁇ -P-Ctrifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4- yl ⁇ acetic acid
  • Oxalyl chloride (65 ⁇ l, 0.77mmol) was added to a suspension of ( ⁇ )-cis- ⁇ l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid (Example 56) (157mg, 0.30mmol) in DCM (10ml). DMF (5 ⁇ l) was added and the pale yellow solution obtained was stirred at RT under N 2 , for 2 h. The yellow solution was concentrated in vacuo and oxalyl chloride removed by azeotroping with toluene to yield a yellow solid.
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-cfe-3- ⁇ -l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl ⁇ propanoic acid
  • Example 60 The compound of Example 60 (160mg) was dissolved in DCM (2ml) and oxalyl chloride (0.12ml) was added followed by 1 drop DMF. Effervescence was accompanied by slow appearance of a white precipitate over 30min. The reaction was monitored by quenching an aliquot of reaction mixture in
  • the crude material was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-50% EtOAc in hexane as eluant to give the product as a white solid (23mg) which was crystallized from ether-hexane to give white crystals.
  • StepJL ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (22?*,45*)-l-[(li2*or5*)-l-phenylethyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )- (15*,5Jg*)-8-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-l-r4-(trifluoromethyI)phenvn-8-azabicyclor3.2. ⁇ octan-
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl (2E/Z)- ⁇ (15*,5i?*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]-8- azabicydo[3.2.1]oct-3-yIidene ⁇ acetate
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (lS*,3 ⁇ /5,5jR*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo [3.2.1]oct-3-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 5 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (15*,3 ⁇ /S,5i?*)-8-(4-isopropylbenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]-8- azabicyc!o[3.2.1]oct-3-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step_6 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (lS*,3/?/5,5i?*)- ⁇ 8-(4-IsopropyIbenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoroinethyl) phenyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yI ⁇ acetic add
  • Step_2 ( ⁇ )-Methyl (l/?*,55*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene-3-carboxylate and ( ⁇ )-methyl (l#*,5S*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene"3-carboxylate
  • the t-butyl ester was stirred in trifluoroacetic acid (2ml) for 3 hrs then evaporated to give the crude acid.
  • the methyl ester and LiOH (15mg, O. ⁇ mmol) in THF (2ml) and H 2 O (2ml) was stirred at 6O 0 C for 16 hrs.
  • the reaction was allowed to cool to rt and then combined with the crude product obtained from the deprotection of the t-butyl ester and the acid obtained in the arylation step above.
  • the mixture was acidified with 2N HCl, then extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated.
  • Example 64 Step 4 The amines were N-benzylated and hydrolysed with the appropriate benzyl bromide using the method in Example 64 Steps 5 and 6 or N-arylated and hydrolysed using the method in Example 65 Step 4.
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )- N-f(lE)-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]methyIene ⁇ -2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide
  • Tetrabutylammonioum fluoride (IM in THF, 5ml, 5mmol) was added and the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (x2). The extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated in vacuo to a pale oil (l.lg) which was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the ketone as a pale oil (200mg, 36%) plus a trace of a lower running diastereomer (4.5mg, 0.8%). M/Z (ES + ) 512 (MH + ).
  • Step 5 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl (2E/Z)- ⁇ (2R*)-1- ⁇ (1R* or S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene ⁇ acetate
  • Step 6 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (2fl*,4S*)-l- ⁇ (l/-* or S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 7 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (2R*,4S*)-l- ⁇ (lR* or 5*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ acetic acid
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (22?*,4S*)-1- ⁇ (1S* or J?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ acetate
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (2R*,4S*)-l- ⁇ (lS* or i?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ acetic acid
  • Lithium diisopropylamide (1.8M in hexanes/THF/ethylbenzene, 0.18ml, 0.32mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the methyl ester from the prep of Example 36, (cis isomer, lOOmg, 0.21mmol) in dry THF under N 2 at -78°C. This mixture was stirred at O 0 C for 30 min, then recooled to -78 0 C and allyl bromide (30 ⁇ l, 0.35 mmol) was added. It was then allowed to warm to room temperature.
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-(25/J?)-2- ⁇ (2lg*,45 :ii )-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvl)benzvIl-2-r4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ pentanoic acid
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M in THF, 0.4ml, 0.4mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester used to prepare Example 36, (lOOmg, 0.19mmol) in dry THF (2ml) under N 2 at -78°C. After 45 minutes cw-l,4-dichloro-2-butene (32 ⁇ l, 0.30mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl, and then partitioned between EtOAc/H 2 O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2).
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )-l- ⁇ (2R*,45*)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethvI)pheiiyl]piperidin- 4-yl ⁇ cyclopent-3-ene-l-carboxyIic acid
  • Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M in THF, 3.8ml, 3.8mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester from Example 3, Step 2, (509mg, 1.7mmol) in dry THF (8ml) under N 2 such that the internal temperature ⁇ -70°C. After 30 minutes cw-l,4-dichloro-2-butene (210 ⁇ l, 2.0mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 90 minutes the reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then quenched with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc/H 2 O.
  • SteE_4 ( ⁇ )-l- ⁇ (2/?*,45*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl ⁇ cyclopentanecarboxylic acid
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )- ((2S*,4S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benz.yl]-2- ⁇ 2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) phenyl]ethyl ⁇ piperidin-4yl)acetic add.
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )-Benzyl (2U*,3S*)-3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyI)-4-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]-3,4- dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-BenzvI (2J-*,35*)-3-(2-methoxv-2-oxoethvI)-4-oxo-2-r4-(trifluoromethvl) phenyl]piperidine-l-carboxylate
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (65*,7i?*)-7-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]-l,4-dithia-8-azaspiro[4.5] dec-6- yl ⁇ acetate
  • SteE_5 ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (22 ⁇ *,35*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-BenzyI (25*,6 J R*)-4-oxo-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-1- carboxylate and Benzyl (2/?*,6i?*)-4-oxo-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidine-l- carboxylate
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (25*,45*,62?*)-2-propyl-6-[4-trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate and ( ⁇ )-Ethyl ⁇ (25*,4/-*,6 J R*)-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇
  • Example 64 Steps 3 and 4 and Example 78 Steps 6 and 7 using the cis compound from Example 79 Step 1.
  • Step 1 Methyl ⁇ 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]pyridin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Examples 82 and 83 were made by the procedure in Example 65 Step 4 using the piperidine from Example 81 Step 2 and the appropriate bromobenzene.
  • Example 84 was made in an analogous way to Example 81 using benzylzinc bromide instead of 4-trifluoromethyl benzylbromide and activated zinc.
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (2S*,42?*)-l-(l ⁇ *)- ⁇ 4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l- yl ⁇ -2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ acetate
  • Step 2 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (25*,42?*)-l- ⁇ (12?*)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] pentyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid
  • SteE_l ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (2S*,4 J R*)-2-[2-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Step_2 ( ⁇ )-2-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentan-l-ol
  • DiBAL (7.62ml, IM in DCM, 7.62mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentanoate (Ig, 3.05mmol) in THF at -30 0 C.
  • the mixture was stirred for 45min.
  • Sodium potassium tartrate 100ml, satd. aq. solution) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30min then extracted into EtOAc.
  • Step 3 ( ⁇ )-Methyl ⁇ (2/?*,45*)-l- ⁇ 2(/?*/5*)-[-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ]pentyl ⁇ -2-[4-
  • Triflic anhydride (147uL, 0.87mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step 2 (200mg, 0.67mmol) and triethylamine (12IuL, 0.87mmol) in DCM (2.6ml) at -1O 0 C. The mixture was stirred for 30min then washed with ice-cold HCl (IM), brine, dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated in vacuo. This material was dissolved in DCM (2ml) and the resulting solution was added to a solution of the compound of Example 3, step 3 (240mg, 0.8mmol) in DCM (2ml). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h and at 40 0 C for 6h.
  • Examples 94 and 95 were made by the procedures in Examples 85 and 86 using the piperidine from Example 78 Step 5 and the appropriate benzaldehyde.
  • n-BuLi (1.6M in hexanes, 0.22ml, 0.35mmol) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (0.05ml, 0.35mmol) in dry THF (2ml) at O 0 C. The reaction was stirred for 30 mins then a solution of the ester from Example 78 Step 6 (0.153g, 0.29mmol) in dry THF (4ml) was added. After 1 hr propyl iodide ( 0.03ml, 0.35mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 hrs then quenched with water and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3).
  • Potassium carbonate (0.55g, 4mmol) was added to a solution of the preceding crude ester (1.Og, ca 3.25mmol) and 2, 5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (0.6ml, 3.25mmol) in dry DMF (15ml) and the mixture stirred overnight.
  • the resulting suspension was partitioned between water (35ml) and EtOAc (3xl5ml), the combined organic layers washed with water (20ml) and brine (20ml), dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated.
  • the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide the title compound as a gum (l.Olg).
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethanam ⁇ ne Methyl magnesium chloride (1.4M in PhMe/THF [3:1], 15ml, 21mmol) was added to a stirred solution of ( ⁇ )-N- ⁇ ( l£)-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene ⁇ -2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (Example 72 Step 1, 4.75g, 13.8 mmol) in dry DCM (32ml) at O 0 C under N 2 . After 90min the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH 4 Cl and then diluted with DCM and H 2 O. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (x2). The combined extracts were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and evaporated to give the sulfinamide (5.4g) as a waxy solid.
  • Step_2 ( ⁇ )-EthyI (2E/Z)- ⁇ (2S*)-l- ⁇ (12-*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yIidene ⁇ acetate and ( ⁇ )-Etkyl (2£:/Z)- ⁇ (2S*)-l- ⁇ (lS*)-l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethyl ⁇ -2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ]piperidin-4-ylidene ⁇ acetate
  • Diastereomer A 1 st eluting - 442mg, oil.
  • 1 H NMR 500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): ⁇ 1.23 (3H, t, J 7.1), 1.28 (3H, d, J 6.7), 1.38 (2H, q, J 12.0), 1.76 (IH, d, J 12.9), 1.83 (IH 1 d, J 12.3), 1.95-2.05 (IH, m), 2.17-2.27 (2H, m), 2.51 (IH, t, J 11.7), 2.99 (IH, brd, J 11), 3.53 (IH, d, J 10.9), 4.08-4.15 (3H, m), 7.28-7.30 (2H, m), 7.37 (2H, d, J 7.6), 7.49 (IH, d, J 8.1), 7.56 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.92 (IH, s); M/Z (ES + ) 556 (MH + ).
  • Diastereomer B 2 nd eluting - 65mg, oil.
  • 1 H NMR 500 MHz, CDCl 3 ): ⁇ 1.12 (3H, d, J 5.0), 1.20-1.40 (4H, m), 1.70-1.75 (2H, m), 1.85-1.93 (IH, m), 2.13-2.23 (2H, m), 2.53 (IH, t, J 12.0), 3.05 (IH, d, J 9.2), 3.57 (IH, d, J 11), 4.06-4.13 (2H, m), 4.16-4.21 (IH, m), 7.25-7.35 (4H, m), 7.45 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.50 (IH, s), 7.66 (IH, d, J 7.7); M/Z (ES + ) 556 (MH + ).
  • Step 6 ( ⁇ U(2S*AR*)-U (lR*or S*)-U2.5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyIlethvU-2-r4- (trifluoromethyOphenylJpiperidin ⁇ -y ⁇ acetic acid
  • Example 99 Step 6 The title compound was prepared as described in Example 99 Step 6, but using Diastereomer B from Example 99 Step 5.
  • the final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the acid (30mg) as a colourless solid. M/Z (ES + ) 528 (MH + ).
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-Ethy ⁇ ⁇ (2S* ,4S*)-l- ⁇ (lR*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yI ⁇ acetate
  • Example 72 step 4 The compound was prepared from the lower running diastereoisomeric piperidone described in Example 72 step 4 and used to prepare Example 73.
  • the ketone was reacted as in Example 72 step 5 and during the hydrogenation, analogous to Example 72 step 6 the trans diastereoisomer of the ester was obtained.
  • Step 1 ( ⁇ )-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvI)phenvll-4-methvlpentan-l-amine
  • SteE_3 ( ⁇ )-l- ⁇ l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl ⁇ -2-[4-
  • the intermediate was prepared analogously to Example 72 step 4.
  • the reaction gave an approximately 2: 1 ratio of diastereoisomers which were separated by column chromatography on silica eluting with 5- 10% EtOAc/isoHexane followed by 5% EtOAc/cyclohexane.
  • Step 4 ( ⁇ )- ⁇ (2S*,4S*)-l- ⁇ (lR*)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluorometh ⁇ I)phenyI]-4-methyIpentvl ⁇ -2-r4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid
  • Step_li ( ⁇ )-Ethyl (E/Z)- ⁇ l- ⁇ l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene ⁇ ethanoate
  • Step_2 Dimethyl (2-oxoethyl) ⁇ 2-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethyI ⁇ malonate
  • SteE_3 Dimethyl (22?)-l- ⁇ (lS)-4-methyI-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl ⁇ -2-[4-
  • Titanium tetrachloride (2.4ml, 2mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was then allowed to stir for lOmin before coming to room temperature.
  • Sodium cyanoborohydride (4g, 6mmol) in MeOH (20ml) was added to the mixture which was stirred for Ih.
  • the mixture was then filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.
  • the residue was dispersed between EtOAc and sodium hydrogen carbonate.
  • the organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO ⁇ and concentrated in vacuo to give the product, a mixture of 2 diastereomers, as a gelatinous material.
  • Step 1 (lR)- ⁇ 4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl ⁇ -2-[4-(trifluorophenyl]piperidin-4-one
  • Step_2 (E/Z)- ⁇ (2S)-l- ⁇ (lR)-4-Methyl-l-[4.(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidm-4-ylidene ⁇ ethanoic acid
  • Example 110 step 1 The higher diasteroisomer from Example 110 step 1 was homologated similarly to Example 99 step 4 to give the title compound as a white foam, 1:1 mixture of geometric isomers, after chromatography on silica eluting with 2%EtOAc/isoHexane.
  • Example 110 step 1 The lower diastereoisomer from Example 110 step 1 was homologated using the procedure described in Example 99 step 4 and hydrogenated using the procedure described in Example 105 step 2 which resulted in the formation of two diasteroisomers which were separated by chromatography on silica eluting with 2%THF/isoHexane Mixed fractions were recolumned eluting with 0-1-2% THF/isoHexane.
  • Stefi_2 Methyl ⁇ (25,42?)-l- ⁇ (li?)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetate
  • Examples 117-148 were made by the procedure described in Example 116 using the compound of Example 3, Step 3 (for examples 117-143) or Example 114, Step 1 (for examples 144-8) and the appropriate aldehyde and alkyne as starting materials.
  • DBAL (IM in toluene, 9ml, 9mmol) was added to a solution of the product from Step 1 in toluene at - 30 0 C. After 20min at -30 0 C the reaction was quenched by the addition of satd. aq. KHSO 4 . Standard aqueous work-up afforded the crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel,
  • Step_3 ⁇ (25, 4i?)-l- ⁇ (15)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyI)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl ⁇ -2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl ⁇ acetic acid

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of formula (I), selectively inhibit production of Aβ (1-42) and hence are useful in treatment or prevention of disease assocaited with deposition of β -amyloid in the brain.

Description

PIPERIDINES AND RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR TREATMKNT OF ALZHEIMER'S
DISEASE
This invention relates to compounds for use in therapeutic treatment of the human body. In particular, it provides carboxy-functional 1,2-disubstituted piperidines and related compounds useful for treating diseases associated with the deposition of β-amyloid peptide in the brain, such as Alzheimer's disease, or of preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with such diseases.
Alzheimer's disease (AD) is the most prevalent form of dementia. Its diagnosis is described in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th ed., published by the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-IV). It is a neurodegenerative disorder, clinically characterized by progressive loss of memory and general cognitive function, and pathologically characterized by the deposition of extracellular proteinaceous plaques in the cortical and associative brain regions of sufferers. These plaques mainly comprise fibrillar aggregates of β-amyloid peptide (Aβ). Aβ is formed from amyloid precursor protein (APP) via separate intracellular proteolytic events involving the enzymes β-secretase and γ-secretase. Variability in the site of the proteolysis mediated by γ-secretase results in Aβ of varying chain length, e.g. Aβ(l-38), Aβ(l-40) and Aβ(l-42). N-terminal truncations such as Aβ(4-42) are also found in the brain, possibly as a result of variability in the site of proteolysis mediated by β-secretase. For the sake of convenience, expressions such as "Aβ(l-40)" and "Aβ(l-42)" as used herein are inclusive of such N-terminal truncated variants. After secretion into the extracellular medium, Aβ forms initially-soluble aggregates which are widely believed to be the key neurotoxic agents in AD (see Gong et at, PNAS, 100 (2003), 10417-22), and which ultimately result in the insoluble deposits and dense neuritic plaques which are the pathological characteristics of AD.
Other dementing conditions associated with deposition of Aβ in the brain include cerebral amyloid angiopathy, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), multi- infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica and Down syndrome.
Various interventions in the plaque-forming process have been proposed as therapeutic treatments for AD (see, for example, Hardy and Selkoe, Science, 297 (2002), 353-6). One such method of treatment that has been proposed is that of blocking or attenuating the production of Aβ for example by inhibition of β- or γ-secretase. It has also been reported that inhibition of glycogen synthase kinase-3 (GSK-3), in particular inhibition of GSK-3α, can block the production of Aβ (see Phiel et al, Nature, 423
(2003), 435-9).
Other proposed methods of treatment include administering a compound which blocks the aggregation of Aβ, and administering an antibody which selectively binds to Aβ.
Another proposed treatment is that of modulation of the action of γ-secretase so as to selectively attenuate the production of Aβ(l-42). This results in preferential secretion of the shorter chain isoforms of Aβ, which are believed to have a reduced propensity for self-aggregation and plaque formation, and hence are more easily cleared from the brain, and/or are less neurotoxic. Compounds showing this effect include certain non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and their analogues (see WO 01/78721 and US 2002/0128319 and Weggen et al Nature, 414 (2001) 212-16; Morihara et al, J. Neurochem., 83 (2002), 1009-12; and Takahashi et al, J. Biol. Chem., 278 (2003), 18644-70). Compounds which modulate the activity of PP ARa and/or PPARδ are also reported to have the effect of lowering Aβ(l-42) (WO 02/100836). NSAID derivatives capable of releasing nitric oxide have been reported to show improved anti-neuroinflammatory effects and/or to reduce intracerebral Aβ deposition in animal models (WO 02/092072; Jantzen et al, /. Neuroscience, 22 (2002), 226-54). US 2002/0015941 teaches that agents which potentiate capacitative calcium entry activity can lower Aβ(l-42).
It has now been found that certain carboxy-functional 1,2-disubstituted piperidines and related compounds have the desirable property of selectively inhibiting production of Aβ(l-42). According to the present invention there is provided a compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: p is 0 or 1; q is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
V represents a bond or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H1 R2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof;
W represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H, R2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof, provided that when W represents a nitrogen atom, V represents a carbon atom and the moiety X-Z is attached to W;
X represents a bond or C(RX)2 or CH2C(R1)2, provided that when W represents N, X does not represent a bond;
Y represents a bond or CH2 or CH2CH2; Z represents CO2H or a tetrazole ring;
A represents hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 25 carbon atoms optionally bearing up to 5 substituents selected from halogen, CN, N3, NO2, C^perfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6, OH, CO2R6, OCOR6 and COR6; each R1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R1 groups complete a C3-6alicyclic group;
R2 represents a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms;
R3 and R4 each represents H, or when V and W each represents a carbon atom, R3 and R4 may together represent a CH2CH2 bridge; each R5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6; and
R6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
Ih a particular embodiment, the compound is in accordance with formula IA:
Figure imgf000004_0001
IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: the moiety -(X)n-CO2H is attached to the 3-, 4- or 5-position of the piperidine ring; n is O or l; p is O or 1; q is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
A represents hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 20 carbon atoms optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6; X represents C(R1J2 or CH2C(R1)2;
Y represents a bond or CH2 or CH2CH2; each R1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R1 groups complete a C3.6alicyclic group;
R2 represents a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; R3 and R4 each represents H or together represent a CH2CH2 bridge; each R5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6; and R6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms. Where a variable occurs more than once in formula I, the identity taken by said variable at any particular occurrence is independent of the identity taken at any other occurrence.
As used herein, the expression "hydrocarbon group" refers to groups consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms. Such groups may comprise linear, branched or cyclic structures, singly or in any combination consistent with the indicated maximum number of carbon atoms, and may be saturated or unsaturated, including aromatic when the indicated maximum number of carbon atoms so permits unless otherwise indicated.
As used herein, the expression "Ci-Xalkyl" where x is an integer greater than 1 refers to straight- chained and branched alkyl groups wherein the number of constituent carbon atoms is in the range 1 to x. Particular alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl. Derived expressions such as "C2-6alkenyl", "hydroxyCr6alkyl", "heteroarylCLβalkyl", "C2-6alkynyl" and "C1-6alkoxy" are to be construed in an analogous manner.
The expression "perfluoroCi.4alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl groups of up to 4 carbon atoms in which all the hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine atoms. The expression "C3.6alicyclic" refers to cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon groups containing from
3 to 6 ring carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
The term "halogen" as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, of which fluorine and chlorine are preferred unless otherwise indicated. For use in medicine, the compounds of formula I may be in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds of formula I or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound according to the invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, methanesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid or phosphoric acid. Alternatively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be formed by neutralisation of the carboxylic acid group with a suitable base. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts thus formed include alkali metal salts such as sodium or potassium salts; ammonium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium or magnesium salts; and salts formed with suitable organic bases, such as amine salts (including pyridinium salts) and quaternary ammonium salts.
It is to be understood that all the isomeric forms encompassed by formula I, both optical and geometrical, fall within the scope of the invention, singly or as mixtures in any proportion. Thus the moieties:
Figure imgf000006_0001
may be in a cis- or frans-configuration with respect to the ring completed by V-W. Furthermore, a given compound in the cis- or ?raw5-conflrguration has two enantiomeric forms, both of which are within the scope of the invention, whether as single homochiral compounds or as racemic mixtures in any proportion. For the avoidance of any doubt, structural formulae such as (A) and (B):
Figure imgf000006_0002
(A) (B)
as used herein shall be taken to be definitive of the relative configurations of the carbon atoms marked with asterisks, but not their absolute configurations, unless expressly stated otherwise.
In formula I, V represents a bond or a carbon atom and W represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, with the proviso that when W represents a nitrogen atom, V cannot be a bond and the moiety X-Z must be attached to W. Formula I therefore encompasses pyrrolidine, piperidine and piperazine derivatives, depending on the identities of V and W. In preferred embodiments, V represents a carbon atom, and hence completes a piperidine or piperazine ring. Most preferably, V and W both represent carbon atoms, and hence complete a piperidine ring. When one or both of V and W represents a carbon atom, the remaining valencies of said carbon atom(s) are satisfied via bonding to H, R2 or X-Z, or to any combination thereof.
The moiety X-Z may be attached at any available ring position, including ring positions represented by V and W, but when W represents a nitrogen atom, X-Z must be attached to W.
Preferably, X-Z is not attached at either of the positions adjacent to the nitrogen atom which is bonded to A. Thus, in the case of the preferred piperidine rings, X-Z is typically attached at the 3-, 4- or 5-position, most preferably at the 4-position. For the avoidance of doubt, the nitrogen atom of the piperidine ring shall be taken as the 1 -position, and the carbon atom bonded to Y and R4 as the 2-position. Z represents CO2H or a tetrazole ring, in particular, Z represents CO2H or l,2,3,4-tetrazol-5-yl, but preferably represents CO2H. The group X represents a bond, C(R*)2 or CH2C(RI)2, where each R1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R1 groups complete a C3- 6alicyclic group (such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentenyl or cyclopentyl). Preferably, one R1 group is H and the other is H or Ci-6alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl. Particular identities for X include a bond, CH2, CH(CH3), CH2CH2, cycloρentan-l,l-diyl and cyclopent-3-en-l,l-diyl, with the proviso that when W represents a nitrogen atom, X cannot be a bond. Preferably, X represents a bond or CH2, and most preferably X represents CH2.
Y represents a bond, CH2 or CH2CH2, preferably a bond or CH2, and most preferably a bond. The group R2 (when present) may be attached at any available position on the ring, including a carbon atom represented by V or W and including a carbon atom to which the moiety X-Z is attached, hi one particular embodiment, p is 0 and R2 is absent, hi another particular embodiment, p is 1, V and W complete a piperidine ring and R2 and the moiety X-Z are both attached at the 4-position thereof, hi another particular embodiment, p is 1, V and W complete a piperidine ring, R2 is attached at the 3- position and the moiety X-Z is attached at the 4-position. hi another particular embodiment, p is 1, R3 is H, V and W complete a piperidine ring, R2 is attached at the 6-position and the moiety X-Z is attached at the 4-position. Typical identities for R2 include Q^alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl or n-propyl, and C2. 6alkenyl, such as allyl.
R3 and R4 each represent H, or when V and W each represents a carbon atom, R3 and R4 may together represent -CH2CH2-, thereby completing a bridged bicyclic structure. When R3 and R4 together represent -CH2CH2-, p is preferably 0, and Y is preferably a bond. hi formula I, q is preferably 1 or 2, most preferably 1. Each R5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6, where R6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms. Most suitably, R5 represents halogen (especially F), R6 or OR6 and R6 represents C^aUcyl bearing 0-3 fluorine substituents or C2. 6alkenyl. When one R5 is present, it is very suitably (but not necessarily) attached in the 4-position. Typical identities for (R5)q include 2-CF3, 3-CF3, 4-CF3, 2,4-di(CF3), 2-F-4-CF3, 4-OCF3, 4-allyl, 4-n- propyl, 4-isopropyl and 4-tert-butyl. In a preferred embodiment, (R5)q represents 4-CF3.
The group A is a hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 25 carbon atoms, preferably from 5 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally bearing up to 5 (preferably up to 3) substituents selected from halogen, CN, N3, NO2, Ci-4perfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6, OH, CO2R6, OCOR6 and COR6; where R6 is as defined previously. Examples of suitable substituents include halogen, CN, N3, Ci.4perfluoroalkyl (e.g. CF3 or C2Fs), OCF3, SCF3, OH, OCi.4alkyl, COC1-4alkyl and COC6H5. Typically, not more than one N3, OC1-4alkyl, COCi- 4alkyl or COC6H5 substituent is present, hi one embodiment, A comprises an acetylenic triple bond and is unsusbstituted, an example being 4,4-dimethylpent-2-ynyl. In a preferred embodiment, A comprises at least one carbocyclic ring. Said ring or rings may have one or more acyclic hydrocarbon groups attached thereto, consistent with the total number of carbon atoms being in the range of from 5 to 25. In an example of this embodiment, said carbocyclic ring or rings are 5- or 6-membered ring and the optional substituents borne by A are attached thereto. Very suitably, such a ring is attached to the 1 -position of the piperidine ring by a direct bond or via a one-carbon or two-carbon spacing group, most preferably by a bond or a one-carbon spacing group. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, A may be represented as:
A1 - (CHR7)m- where m is O or 1;
R7 is H or a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms, and A' represents a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclic ring system optionally having one or more acyclic hydrocarbon groups attached thereto, such that the total number of carbon atoms is in the range of 5 to 25;
A' and R7 optionally and independently bearing one or more additional substituents, up to a maximum of 5 in combined total, selected from halogen, CN, N3, NO2, C1.4perfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6, OH, CO2R6, OCOR6 and COR6; where R6 is as defined previously.
Typically, when the total number of substituents is greater than 3, at least one of the substituents is halogen. Most preferably, the total number of substituents is not greater than 3. When one or more substituents are present on R7, said one or more substituents are preferably selected from Q^alkoxy, halogen and Ci.4perfluoroalkyl.
In a particular embodiment, R7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 and COR6 where R6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
Typical identities for R7 include H; Q.ioalkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, isoamyl and 3,3-dimethylbutyl; substituted
Figure imgf000008_0001
such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 1- ethoxyethyl, t-butoxymethyl and 3-methoxypropyl; C2-i0alkenyl such as allyl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl and but-3-en-l-yl; C2-i0alkynyl such as propynyl and 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl; C3.6cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; C3.6cycloalkylCi-4alkyl such as cyclopropylmethyl; optionally- substituted phenylQ^alkyl such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)ethyl and 2-(3,4- difluorophenyl)ethyl; optionally-substituted phenylC2.6alkynyl such as phenylethynyl; and optionally- substituted phenyl such as 4-trifluoromethylphenyl. In a particular embodiment R7 is H. In a further embodiment, R7 is Ci.6alkyl.
Ring systems represented by A1 may be fully saturated (such as cyclopropane, cyclopentane or cyclohexane), partially unsaturated (such as cyclohexene or tetrahydronaphthalene) or aromatic (such as benzene, biphenyl or naphthalene). In a particular embodiment, A' represents an aromatic ring system, and in a most preferred embodiment A' represents phenyl optionally having attached thereto up to 2 acyclic hydrocarbon groups selected from (such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl) and C2-6alkenyl (such as allyl or vinyl), and optionally bearing up to 3 further substituents as defined previously, but preferably not more than two such substituents. Preferred substituents include halogen, CN, N3, Ci-4perfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6 and COR6. In this context R6 is very suitably C1-4alkyl (such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl), fluorinated Ci.4alkyl (such as CHF2 or CF3), or phenyl. Examples of optionally-substituted phenyl groups represented by A' include phenyl, vinylphenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, iodophenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, pentafluoroethylphenyl, cyanophenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, difluoromethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylthiophenyl, benzoylphenyl, biphenyl, 4'-trifluoromethylbiphenyl, bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, dichlorophenyl, dimethylphenyl, 2-azido-4-iodophenyl, 5-fluoro-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl, 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5- propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl and 2-propyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl. (Unless otherwise indicated, all the possible positional isomers are included in the above list).
A first subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula H:
Figure imgf000009_0001
π and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein m, p, A', X, Y, R5, R6 and R7 have the same definitions and preferred identities as before.
In a particular embodiment of this subset, R7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6.
A second subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula IE:
Figure imgf000010_0001
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein m, A', X, Y, R5, R6 and R7 have the same definitions and preferred identities as before.
In a particular embodiment of this subset, R7 is H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; and A' represents a 5-10 membered carbocyclic ring system optionally bearing up to 3 substituents selected from halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6.
Within this subset, Y is preferably a bond.
A third subset of the compounds according to the invention consists of the compounds of formula IV:
Figure imgf000010_0002
IV and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein:
Ra represents H, halogen or CF3;
Rb, Rc and Rd are independently selected from H, halogen, CN, N3, Ci-4perfluoroalkyl, Q^alkoxy, OCF3, SCF3, Ci.4alkyl, C2-4alkenyl, and phenyl which is optionally substituted with halogen or Ci.4perfluoroalkyl, provided that Rb , Rc and Rd together contain not more than 8 carbon atoms; and
R7a represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms optionally bearing a Cx^perfluoroalkyl substituent or up to 2 halogen substituents. The substituted phenyl group attached to the 2-position of the piperidine ring and the CH2CO2H group attached in the 4-position are advantageously (but not necessarily) in the cώ-configuration with respect to the piperidine ring.
In a particular embodiment, Ra represents H. Preferably, at least one of Rb, Rc and Rd is H, and in a particular embodiment two of Rb, Rc and
Rd represent H. In that embodiment, the remaining one of Rb, Rc and Rd is suitably (but not necessarily) attached to the 4-position. Typically, not more than one of Rb, Rc and Rd represents N3, and not more than one of Rb, Rc and Rd may represent optionally-substituted phenyl.
Examples of optionally-substituted phenyl groups completed by Rb, Rc and Rd include phenyl, vinylphenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, iodophenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, pentafluoroethylphenyl, cyanophenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, difluoromethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylthiophenyl, biphenyl, 4'-trifluoromethylbiphenyl, bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, dichlorophenyl, dimethylphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5- chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5-propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl and 2-propyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl. (Unless otherwise indicated, all the possible positional isomers are included in the above list). In a particularly preferred embodiment, Rb, Rc and Rd complete a 4- trifluoromethylphenyl group.
R7a is preferably unsubstituted or bears a Q^perfluoroalkyl substituent such as CF3. Typical identities for R7a include Q.ioalkyl such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, isoamyl, or 3,3-dimethylbutyl; substituted Ci.6alkyl such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl; C2.ioalkenyl such as allyl, 3-methylbuten-l-yl or but-3-en-l-yl; C2.ioalkynyl such as propynyl or 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl; C3.6cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; C3-6cycloalkylCi.4alkyl such as cyclopropylmethyl; optionally-substituted phenylC^alkyl such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-(4- trifluoromethylphenyl)ethyl or 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)ethyl; optionally-substituted phenylC2.6alkynyl such as phenylethynyl; and optionally-substituted phenyl such as 4-trifluoromethylphenyl. In a preferred embodiment, R7a represents a branched alkyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as isopentyl (i.e. 3- methylbutyl), a branched alkenyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as 3-methylbuten-l-yl, or a branched alkynyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms such as 3-methylbut-3-en-l-ynyl.
Specific examples of compounds in accordance with formula IV include those in which the variables are as follows:
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
Syntheses of these and other compounds in accordance with the invention are described in the Examples section appended hereto.
The compounds of formula I in which Z is CO2H are typically obtained by hydrolysis of the corresponding esters (1):
Figure imgf000014_0001
(D where R represents Q^alkyl such as methyl or ethyl and p, q, V, W, X, Y, A, R2, R3, R4and R5 have the same meanings as before, e.g. by refluxing with LiOH in aqueous THF. Corresponding compounds in which Z represents lH-tetrazol-5-yl are obtainable by conversion of the esters (1) to the corresponding nitriles, followed by treatment with azidotrimethylsilane in refluxing toluene in the presence of tributyltin oxide. The conversion to the nitrile may be carried out by adding trimethylaluminium to a suspension of ammonium chloride in toluene, then adding the ester (1), refluxing the mixture, and treating with solid potassium sodium tartrate. Compounds (1) may be obtained by reaction of compounds (2) with A - L:
Figure imgf000014_0002
(2) where L is a leaving group such as halide (especially bromide or iodide), tosylate, mesylate or triflate, and R, p, q, V, W, X, Y, A, R2, R3, R4 and R5 have the same meanings as before. When the attachment point of the group A forms part of an aromatic ring, L is preferably Br or I and the reaction is suitably carried out in the presence of strong base such as potassium t-butoxide, a Pd(O) catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) and an additional ligand such as 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 4', 6'-tripropyl-l,l'-biphenyl in TKF with microwave heating. When the attachment point of the group A is an sp3 carbon atom, normal alkylating conditions may be employed, e.g. heating in DMF solution in the presence of base such as potassium carbonate. Alternatively, compounds (2) may undergo reductive alkylation with precursors of the group A which contain an aldehyde or ketone functionality. This route is particularly useful when A takes the form A'-CH(R7)-, where A' and R7 have the same meanings as before. In such cases, the compound (2) may be refluxed with A'-CO-R7 in toluene in the presence of an acid catalyst, with azeotropic removal of water, and the resulting adduct reduced using sodium triacetoxyborohydride. In a variant of this route, useful when R7 is an alkyn-1-yl group, a compound (2) is reacted with A'-CHO and R7-H in the presence of gold(IU) bromide, e.g. via microwave heating at 700C in water.
In another variant, the compound (2), A'-CHO and benzotriazole are refluxed in toluene with azeotropic removal of water, and the resulting adduct reacted with R7-Zn-Hal where Hal represents halide (preferably chloride) and A' and R7 have the same meanings as before. The reaction is suitably carried out in an anhydrous aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane at reduced temperature, e.g. below 1O0C.
Piperidines (2) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R3 and R4 are H may be obtained by hydrogenation of the corresponding pyridines (3):
Figure imgf000015_0001
(3) where R, p, q, X, Y, R2 and R5 have the same meanings as before, e.g. in methanolic HCl over a PtO2 catalyst.
Pyridines (3) in which X is a bond and Y is a bond are obtainable by coupling of chloropyridines (4a) with arylboronic acids (5a):
Figure imgf000015_0002
(c) M-Y = HC ≡C
(4) (5) where R, p, q, R2 and R5 have the same meanings as before. The reaction takes place under standard Suzuki coupling conditions, e.g. in aqueous dimethoxyethane in the presence of sodium carbonate and Pd(PPh3)4.
Pyridines (3) in which X is a bond and Y is CH2 are obtainable by coupling of chloropyridines (4a) with benzylzinc derivatives (5b). The reaction may be carried out at O0C to ambient temperature in THF in the presence of a nickel catalyst such as (Ph3P)2NiCl2.
Pyridines (3) in which X is a bond and Y is CH2CH2 are obtainable by coupling of chloropyridines (4a) with alkynes (5c) followed by hydrogenation. The coupling may be carried out in the presence of CuI and a Pd(O) catalyst such as Pd(Ph3)4, e.g. in a mixture of dioxan and triethylamine with microwave heating. The hydrogenation takes place under similar conditions to the conversion of pyridines (3) to piperidines (2), and indeed is preferably combined with that process.
Pyridines (3) in which X is CH2 may be obtained by elaboration of chloropyridines (4b) with (5a), (5b) or (5c) as described above, then treating the product with CO(OR)2 in the presence of strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide, where R has the same meaning as before. Alternatively, the chloropyridines (4b) may be treated with CO(OR)2 prior to the reaction with (5a), (5b) or (5c).
Piperidines of formula (2) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R3 and R4 are H, X is a bond, p is 1 and R2 is attached to the same ring position as the CO2R group are obtained by alkylation of the corresponding compounds in which p is 0 with R2-L, where L has the same meaning as before. The reaction may be carried out in THF solution in the presence of strong base such as lithium hexamethyldisilazide (HMDS). During this procedure, it is preferable to protect the 1 -position of the piperidine ring, e.g. as the BOC derivative.
An alternative route to esters (1) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R3 and R4 are H, p is 0, X is CH2 and the CH2CO2R group is attached to the 4-position involves condensation of piperidones (6) with (RO)2P(O)CH2CO2R, followed by hydrogenation of the resulting olefin (7):
Figure imgf000016_0001
(6) (7) where R, A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The condensation takes place in THF in the presence of NaH, while the hydrogenation may be carried out over a Pd/C catalyst in ethanol. Corresponding esters of formula (1) in which n is 0 may be obtained by treatment of ketones (6) with KHMDS and Tf2NPh, then with CO and ROH in the presence of a Pd(II) catalyst, followed by hydrogenation of the resulting tetrahydropyridine derivative.
Ketones (6) are available by reduction of dihydropyridones (8):
Figure imgf000017_0001
(8) where A, Y, L, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The reduction may be carried out using a borohydride reductant such as L-Selectride in THF at -780C.
Compounds (8) are available by the Diels-Alder reaction between trans-l-methoxy-3- (trimethylsilyloxy)-l,3-butadiene and the imine formed from condensation Of A-NH2 an aldeyde (9):
Figure imgf000017_0002
(9) where A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The cycloaddition may be carried out in acetonitrile at ambient temperature in the presence of In(III) triflate, followed by quenching with aqueous bicarbonate.
Alternatively, piperidones(ό) may be obtained in a one-pot process by reacting the aforesaid imines with trimethyl[(l-methyleneprop-2-en-l-yl)oxy]silane (e.g. in dichloromethane at ambient temperature under an inert atmosphere), then adding tetrabutylammonium fluoride.
An alternative route to piperidines (2) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R3 and R4 are H, p is 0, X is CH2 and the CH2CO2R group is attached to the 4-position involves elaboration of the dihydropyridones (10):
Figure imgf000017_0003
(10) (H) where Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before, in the manner described above for dihydropyridines (8), followed by removal of the benzyloxycarbonyl protecting group (e.g. by treatment with acid). Compounds (10) are available by a one-pot reaction of 4-methoxypyridine with benzyl chloroformate and organometallic derivatives (11), where M1 is Li or Mg-halide, and Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The reaction takes place at reduced temperature (e.g. -25°C) in a solvent such asTHF.
In the above-described routes involving dihydropyridines (8) or (10), Y is preferably a bond. The above-described routes involving dihydropyridines (8) or (10) may be adapted to provide products having an R2 in the 3-position of the piperidine ring via alkylation of the compounds (8) or (10) with R2-L, where R2 and L have the same meanings as before. Said alkylation takes place under conventional conditions (e.g. in THF in the presence of lithium diisopropylamide).
Alternatively, the aforesaid routes may be adapted to provide products having an R2 group in the 6-position of the piperidine ring via treatment of compounds (8) or (10) with R2-Mg-halide in the presence of CuI, where R2 has the same meaning as before. The reaction may be carried out in THF at reduced temperature (e.g. -78°C to -100C).
In a further alternative, the aforesaid routes may be adapted to provide products in which the - CH2CO2R group is attached at the 3-position of the piperidine ring via alkylation of compounds (8) or (10) with L-CH2CO2R, where L and R have the same meanings as before, followed by reduction of the keto group to CH2. The alkylation takes place under conventional conditions, and reduction of the keto group is readily effected via treatment with 1,2-ethanedithiol to form the dithioketal, followed by treatment with Raney nickel.
An alternative route to piperidines of formula (1) in which V and W are both carbon atoms and R3 and R4 are both H, X is a bond, p is 0 and CO2R is attached to the 5-position involves cyclisation of dienes (12) followed by reduction of the resulting 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine derivative:
Figure imgf000018_0001
(12) where R, A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The cyclisation takes place in the presence of a Ru catalyst and the reduction may be effected by treatment with Mg in methanol. Dienes (12) are obtainable by alkylation of secondary amines (13) with the appropriate bromomethacrylate ester, and amines (13) are available by condensation of aldehydes (9) with A-NH2 and treatment of the product with allyltributylstannane:
Figure imgf000019_0001
(13) where A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before.
Another route to piperidines of formula (1) in which V and W are both carbon atoms, p is 0, R3 and R4 are both H, X is a bond and CO2R is attached in the 4-position involves mono-decarboxylation of bis-esters (14):
Figure imgf000019_0002
(14) where R, A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The reaction may be carried out by heating at about 16O0C with sodium chloride in DMSO. Subsequent reflux of the product with sodium methoxide in methanol causes epimerisation at the 4-position and enrichment with the czs-isomer at the expense of the trans-isomer. Bis-esters (14) are available from the reaction of amines A-NH2 with diketones (15):
Figure imgf000019_0003
(15) followed by reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride in a one-pot procedure, where R, A, Y, q and R5 have the same meanings as before. The first step may be carried out in dimethoxyethane in the presence of a tertiary amine and TiCl4 at -780C with warming to ambient. The second step may be carried out by adding a methanolic solution of sodium cyanoborohydride to the reaction mixture at room temperature. Diketones (15) may be obtained by alkylation of the appropriate allylmalonate dialkyl ester with a compound of formula (16):
Figure imgf000020_0001
(16) followed by ozonolysis of the allyl group, where L, R, Y, q and R have the same meanings as before. The alkylation may be carried out in DMF in the presence of NaH (e.g. at ambient temperature). The ozonolysis may be effected by passing ozone-enriched oxygen through a dichloromethane solution of the substrate at -780C, adding dimethyl sulfide, then stirring overnight at ambient temperature.
Piperidines of formula (2) in which R3 and R4 complete a -CH2CH2- bridge and Y is a bond may be obtained by elaboration of bicyclic ketones (14):
Figure imgf000020_0002
(17)
wherein q and R5 have the same meanings as before, by the methods described above for the conversion of ketones (6) to esters (1), followed by removal of the protecting group 4-methoxybenzyl by hydrogenation. The bicyclic ketones (17) are available by reaction of 4-methoxybenzylamine with acetonedicarboxylic acid, then treatment of the product in situ with a ketoaldehyde (18):
Figure imgf000020_0003
(18)
where R5 and q have the same meanings as before.
A preferred route to piperazines of formula (1) in which V is a carbon atom and W is a nitrogen atom involves alkylation of compounds (19) with L-X'-CO2R:
Figure imgf000021_0001
(19) where X' is X that is other than a bond and all other variables are as defined previously. Compounds (19) are available from compounds (20):
Figure imgf000021_0002
(20) using the methods described previously for conversion of compounds (2) to compounds (1), followed by removal of the trityl group (e.g. by treatment with methanolic HCl). Compounds (20) are available via coupling of compounds(5a), (5b) or (5c) with the appropriate pyrazine derivatives in the manner described above for the synthesis of pyridines (3), followed by hydrogenation (as in the conversion of compounds (3) to compounds (2)) and tritylation by standard methods.
A preferred route to pyrrolidines of formula (1) in which V is a bond, p is 0 and X represents CH2 involves the steps of (a) condensing an aldehyde (9) with t-butylsulphinamide and reacting the resulting imine with allylMgBr to provide the adduct (21a):
Figure imgf000021_0003
(21)
(b) N-alkylation or arylation to provide compounds (21b) (e.g. by any of the methods described previously for converting (2) to (I));
(c) reaction with CH2=CH-CO2R in the presence of a ruthenium catalyst (e.g. Zhan I), followed by treatment with methanolic HCl, to provide compounds (22a): otriazolylmethyl
Figure imgf000022_0001
(22)
(d) reaction with 1-hydroxymethylbenzotriazole (e.g. in refluxing benzene with molecular sieves) to provide compounds (22b); and
(e) cyclisation by treatment with SmI2 and t-butanol in THF at -78°C.
It will be readily apparent that several of the above-described routes are suitable for the synthesis of compounds of formula IV. Thus, in one preferred route to compounds of formula IV, a piperidine of formula (2a), an aldehyde of formula (23) and benzotriazole are refluxed in toluene with azeotropic removal of water, and the resulting adduct reacted with R7a-Zn-Hal
Figure imgf000022_0002
(2a) (23) where Hal represents halide (preferably chloride) and Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd and R7a have the same meanings as before. The reaction is suitably carried out in an anhydrous aprotic solvent such as dichloromethane at reduced temperature, e.g. below 1O0C. Piperidines (2a) are available via coupling of pyridines (4b) with the appropriate boronic acid (5a) and further elaboration of the product as described previously.
In another preferred route to compounds of formula IV, a piperidine of formula (2a), an aldehyde of formula (23) and a 1-alkyne are subjected to microwave heating in the presence of gold(IH) bromide (e.g. at about 7O0C), providing compounds of formula IV in which R7a is 1-alkynyl. If desired, the corresponding compounds in which R7a is alkyl or alkenyl may be obtained by hydrogenation of the alkynyl derivatives (e.g. in ethyl acetate over a Pd/C catalyst).
In a third route to compounds of formula IV, the appropriate diketone of formula (15) (Y = a bond) is reacted with an amine of formula (24):
Figure imgf000023_0001
(24) followed by treatment with sodium cyanoborohydride as described previously for the preparation of compounds (14). Thereafter, mono-decarboxylation (as described previously) and homologation (as described below) provide the compounds of formula IV.
Carboxylic acids of formula I in which X is a bond may be converted to the corresponding compounds in which X is CH2 by standard methods of homologation, for example sequential treatment with oxalyl chloride; trimethylsilyldiazomethane and acetonitrile; ROH and silver benzoate; then hydrolysis of the resulting ester. Similar treatment of the corresponding compounds in which X is CH2 provides the compounds in which X is CH2CH2. Esters of formula (1) in which X is C(R*)2 or CH2C(R^2 and at least one R1 is other than H may be prepared by alkylation of the corresponding compounds in which each R1 is H by standard methods.
Similarly, a given compound in accordance with formula I may be converted to a different compound in accordance with formula I by means of the standard techniques of bond formation or cleavage known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
Where they are not themselves commercially available, the starting materials for the synthetic schemes described above are available by straightforward chemical modifications of commercially available materials.
Certain compounds according to the invention may exist as optical isomers due to the presence of one or more chiral centres or because of the overall asymmetry of the molecule. Such compounds may be prepared in racemic form, or individual enantiomers may be prepared either by enantiospecific synthesis or by resolution. The novel compounds may, for example, be resolved into their component enantiomers by standard techniques such as preparative HPLC, or the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active acid, such as di-p-toluoyl-D-tartaric acid and/or di-p-toluoyl- L-tartaric acid, followed by fractional crystallisation and regeneration of the free base. The novel compounds may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, racemic intermediates in the preparation of compounds of formula I may be resolved by the aforementioned techniques, and the desired enantiomer used in subsequent steps. For example, racemic piperidine derivatives (2a) may be resolved via salt formation with L-mandelic acid.
During any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd ed., 1999. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art. The compounds of the invention have the useful property of modifying the action of γ-secretase on amyloid precursor protein so as to selectively reduce the formation of the 1-42 isoform of Aβ, and hence find use in the development of treatments for diseases mediated by Aβ(l-42), in particular diseases involving deposition of β-amyloid in the brain.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound according to formula I as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment or prevention of a disease associated with the deposition of β-amyloid in the brain.
The disease associated with deposition of Aβ in the brain is typically Alzheimer's disease (AD), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCPIWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome, preferably AD.
In a further aspect, the invention provides the use of a compound of Formula I as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating, preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome. The invention also provides a method of treating or preventing a disease associated with deposition of Aβ in the brain comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a further aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or delaying the onset of dementia associated with Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The compounds of Formula I modulate the action of γ-secretase so as to selectively attenuate production of the (1-42) isoform of Aβ without significantly lowering production of the shorter chain isoforms such as Aβ(l-40). This results in secretion of Aβ which has less tendency to self-aggregate and form insoluble deposits, is more easily cleared from the brain, and/or is less neurotoxic. Therefore, a further aspect of the invention provides a method for retarding, arresting or preventing the accumulation of Aβ in the brain comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Because the compounds of formula I modulate the activity of γ-secretase, as opposed to suppressing said activity, it is believed that the therapeutic benefits described above will be obtained with a reduced risk of side effects, e.g. those that might arise from a disruption of other signalling pathways (e.g. Notch) which are controlled by γ-secretase. La one embodiment of the invention, the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from AD, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, HCHWA-D, multi-infarct dementia, dementia pugilistica or Down syndrome, preferably AD. hi an alternative embodiment of the invention, the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from mild cognitive impairment or age-related cognitive decline. A favourable outcome of such treatment is prevention or delay of the onset of AD. Age-related cognitive decline and mild cognitive impairment (MCI) are conditions in which a memory deficit is present, but other diagnostic criteria for dementia are absent (Santacruz and Swagerty, American Family Physician, 63 (2001), 703- 13). (See also "The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders", Geneva: World Health Organisation, 1992, 64-5). As used herein, "age-related cognitive decline" implies a decline of at least six months' duration in at least one of: memory and learning; attention and concentration; thinking; language; and visuospatial functioning and a score of more than one standard deviation below the norm on standardized neuropsychologic testing such as the MMSE. hi particular, there may be a progressive decline in memory. In the more severe condition MCI, the degree of memory impairment is outside the range considered normal for the age of the patient but AD is not present. The differential diagnosis of MCI and mild AD is described by Petersen et at, Arch. Neurol, 56 (1999), 303-8. Further information on the differential diagnosis of MCI is provided by Knopman et al, Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 78 (2003), 1290-1308. In a study of elderly subjects, Tuokko et al (Arch, Neurol, 60 (2003) 577-82) found that those exhibiting MCI at the outset had a three-fold increased risk of developing dementia within 5 years. Grundman et al (J. MoI Neurosci., 19 (2002), 23-28) report that lower baseline hippocampal volume in MCI patients is a prognostic indicator for subsequent AD. Similarly, Andreasen et al (Acta
Neurol. Scand, 107 (2003) 47-51) report that high CSF levels of total tau, high CSF levels of phospho-tau and lowered CSF levels of Aβ42 are all associated with increased risk of progression from MCI to AD. Within this embodiment, the compound of Formula I is advantageously administered to patients who suffer impaired memory function but do not exhibit symptoms of dementia. Such impairment of memory function typically is not attributable to systemic or cerebral disease, such as stroke or metabolic disorders caused by pituitary dysfunction. Such patients may be in particular people aged 55 or over, especially people aged 60 or over, and preferably people aged 65 or over. Such patients may have normal patterns and levels of growth hormone secretion for their age. However, such patients may possess one or more additional risk factors for developing Alzheimer's disease. Such factors include a family history of the disease; a genetic predisposition to the disease; elevated serum cholesterol; and adult-onset diabetes mellitus. In a particular embodiment of the invention, the compound of Formula I is administered to a patient suffering from age-related cognitive decline or MCI who additionally possesses one or more risk factors for developing AD selected from: a family history of the disease; a genetic predisposition to the disease; elevated serum cholesterol; adult-onset diabetes mellitus; elevated baseline hippocampal volume; elevated CSF levels of total tau; elevated CSF levels of phospho-tau; and lowered CSF levels of Aβ(l-42),
A genetic predisposition (especially towards early onset AD) can arise from point mutations in one or more of a number of genes, including the APP, presenilin-1 and presenilin-2 genes. Also, subjects who are homozygous for the ε4 isoform of the apolipoprotein E gene are at greater risk of developing AD.
The patient's degree of cognitive decline or impairment is advantageously assessed at regular intervals before, during and/or after a course of treatment in accordance with the invention, so that changes therein may be detected, e.g. the slowing or halting of cognitive decline. A variety of neuropsychological tests are known in the art for this purpose, such as the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) with norms adjusted for age and education (Folstein et al, J. Psych. Res., 12 (1975), 196-198, Anthony et al, Psychological Med., 12 (1982), 397-408; Cockrell et al, Psychopharmacology, 24 (1988), 689-692; Cmm et al, J. Am. Med. Assoc'n. 18 (1993), 2386-2391). The MMSE is a brief, quantitative measure of cognitive status in adults. It can be used to screen for cognitive decline or impairment, to estimate the severity of cognitive decline or impairment at a given point in time, to follow the course of cognitive changes in an individual over time, and to document an individual's response to treatment. Another suitable test is the Alzheimer Disease Assessment Scale (ADAS), in particular the cognitive element thereof (ADAS-cog) (See Rosen et al., Am. J. Psychiatry, 141 (1984), 1356-64).
The compounds of Formula I are typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of Formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Accordingly, in a further aspect the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Preferably these compositions are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, transdermal patches, auto-injector devices or suppositories; for oral, parenteral, intranasal, sublingual or rectal administration, or for administration by inhalation or insufflation. The principal active ingredient typically is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate and dicalcium phosphate, or gums, dispersing .agents, suspending agents or surfactants such as sorbitan monooleate and polyethylene glycol, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a homogeneous preformulation composition containing a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. Typical unit dosage forms contain from 1 to 100 mg, for example 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50 or 100 mg, of the active ingredient. Tablets or pills of the composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate. The liquid forms in which the compositions useful in the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, liquid- or gel-filled capsules, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavoured emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, poly(ethylene glycol), poly(vinylpyrrolidone) or gelatin.
For treating or preventing Alzheimer's disease, a suitable dosage level is about 0.01 to 250 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg per day, and more preferably about 0.05 to 50 mg/kg of body weight per day, of the active compound. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day. In some cases, however, a dosage outside these limits may be used.
The compounds of Formula I optionally may be administered in combination with one or more additional compounds known to be useful in the treatment or prevention of AD or the symptoms thereof. Such additional compounds thus include cognition-enhancing drugs such as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g. donepezil and galanthamine), NMDA antagonists (e.g. memantine) or PDE4 inhibitors (e.g. Ariflo™ and the classes of compounds disclosed in WO 03/018579, WO 01/46151, WO 02/074726 and WO 02/098878). Such additional compounds also include cholesterol-lowering drugs such as the statins, e.g. simvastatin. Such additional compounds similarly include compounds known to modify the production or processing of Aβ in the brain ("amyloid modifiers"), such as compounds which inhibit the secretion of Aβ (including γ-secretase inhibitors, β-secretase inhibitors, and GSK-3α inhibitors), compounds which inhibit the aggregation of Aβ, and antibodies which selectively bind to Aβ. Such additional compounds also include growth hormone secretagogues, as disclosed in WO 2004/110443. In this embodiment of the invention, the amyloid modifier may be a compound which inhibits the secretion of Aβ, for example an inhibitor of γ-secretase (such as those disclosed in WO 01/53255, WO 01/66564, WO 01/70677, WO 01/90084, WO 01/77144, WO 02/30912, WO 02/36555, WO 02/081435, WO 02/081433, WO 03/018543, WO 03/093252, WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251, WO 03/093253, WO 03/013506, WO 03/013527 and WO 03/014075), or a β-secretase inhibitor (such as those disclosed in WO 03/037325, WO 03/030886, WO 03/006013, WO 03/006021, WO 03/006423, WO 03/006453, WO 02/002122, WO 01/70672, WO 02/02505, WO 02/02506, WO 02/02512, WO 02/02520, WO 02/098849 and WO 02/100820), or any other compound which inhibits the formation or release of Aβ including those disclosed in WO 98/28268, WO 02/47671, WO 99/67221, WO 01/34639, WO 01/34571, WO 00/07995, WO 00/38618, WO 01/92235, WO 01/77086, WO 01/74784, WO 01/74796, WO 01/74783, WO 01/60826, WO 01/19797, WO 01/27108, WO 01/27091, WO 00/50391, WO 02/057252, US 2002/0025955 and US2002/0022621, and also including GSK-3 inhibitors, particularly GSK-3α inhibitors, such as lithium, as disclosed in Phiel et al, Nature, 423 (2003), 435-9.
Within this embodiment, the amyloid modifier is advantageously a γ-secretase inhibitor, preferred examples of which include a compound of formula XI:
Figure imgf000028_0001
XI wherein m, Z, Rlb, Rlc, Ar1 and Ar2 are as defined in WO 03/018543; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Such compounds may be prepared as described in WO 03/018543. Preferred examples include those defined by formula XIa:
Figure imgf000028_0002
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein m is 0 or 1, X is Cl or CF3, and Y is OH, OC1- 6alkyl, NH2 or NHC1-6alkyl. Particular examples include those in which m is 1 and Y is OH (or the sodium salts thereof), and those in which m is 0 and Y is NH2 or NHCi-ealkyl.
Another preferred class of γ-secretase inhibitors for use in this embodiment of the invention is that defined by formula XII:
Figure imgf000029_0001
XII wherein X and R are as defined in WO 03/093252; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
X is very aptly 5-substituted-thiazol-2-yl, 5-substituted-4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-substituted-l- methylpyrazol-3-yl, l-substituted-imidazol-4-yl or l-substituted-l,2,4-triazol-3-yl. Preferably, R represents optionally-substituted phenyl or heteroaryl such as phenyl, monohalophenyl, dihalophenyl, trihalophenyl, cyanophenyl, methylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, pyridyl, monohalopyridyl and trifluoromethylpyridyl, wherein "halo" refers to fluoro or chloro. Particularly preferred identities of R-X- include 5-(4-fluoroρhenyl)-l-methylpyrazol-3- yl, 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l-methylpyrazol-3-yl and l-(4-fluoroρhenyl)imidazol-4-yl. Such compounds may be prepared by methods disclosed in WO 03/093252.
Further preferred classes of γ-secretase inhibitors include those disclosed in WO 03/093264, WO 03/093251, WO 03/093253, WO 2004/039370, WO 2004/39800 and WO 2004/031139.
Alternatively, the amyloid modifier may be a compound which inhibits the aggregation of Aβ. Suitable examples include chelating agents such as clioquinol (Gouras and Beal, Neuron, 30 (2001), 641- 2) and the compounds disclosed in WO 99/16741, in particular that known as DP-109 (Kalendarev et al, /. Pharm. Biomed. Anal, 24 (2001), 967-75). Other inhibitors of Aβ aggregation suitable for use in the invention include the compounds disclosed in WO 96/28471, WO 98/08868 and WO 00/052048, including the compound known as Apan™ (Praecis); WO 00/064420, WO 03/017994, WO 99/59571 and the compound known as Alzhemed™ (Neurochem); WO 00/149281 and the compositions known as PTI- 777 and PTI-00703 (ProteoTech); WO 96/39834, WO 01/83425, WO 01/55093, WO 00/76988, WO 00/76987, WO 00/76969, WO 00/76489, WO 97/26919, WO 97/16194, and WO 97/16191.
Alternatively, the amyloid modifier may be an antibody which binds selectively to Aβ. Said antibody may be polyclonal or monoclonal, but is preferably monoclonal, and is preferably human or humanized. Preferably, the antibody is capable of sequestering soluble Aβ from biological fluids, as described in WO 03/016466, WO 03/016467, WO 03/015691 and WO 01/62801. Suitable antibodies include humanized antibody 266 (described in WO 01/62801) and the modified version thereof described in WO 03/016466.
As used herein, the expression "in combination with" requires that therapeutically effective amounts of both the compound of Formula I and the additional compound are administered to the subject, but places no restriction on the manner in which this is achieved. Thus, the two species may be combined in a single dosage form for simultaneous administration to the subject, or may be provided in separate dosage forms for simultaneous or sequential administration to the subject. Sequential administration may be close in time or remote in time, e.g. one species administered in the morning and the other in the evening. The separate species may be administered at the same frequency or at different frequencies, e.g. one species once a day and the other two or more times a day. The separate species may be administered by the same route or by different routes, e.g. one species orally and the other parenterally, although oral administration of both species is preferred, where possible. When the additional compound is an antibody, it will typically be administered parenterally and separately from the compound of Formula I. In a further aspect, the invention provides the combination of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a compound of formula XI(a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in treatment or prevention of a disease associated with deposition of β- amyloid in the brain. Said use may involve the simultaneous or separate administration of the respective compounds to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. In a further aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a compound of formula XI(a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition is in a unit dose form suitable for oral administration, such as a tablet or a capsule.
EXAMPLES
The ability of the compounds of Formula I to selectively inhibit production of Aβ(l-42) was determined using the following assay:
Cell-based y-Secretase Assay
Human SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma cells overexpressing the direct γ-secretase substrate SPA4CT were induced with sodium butyrate (10 mM) for 4 hours prior to plating. Cells were plated at 35,000 cells/well/100 μl in 96-well plates in phenol red-free MEM/10% FBS, 50 mM HEPES, 1% Glutamine and incubated for 2 hrs at 37 0C, 5% CO2.
Compounds for testing were diluted into Me2SO to give a ten point dose-response curve. Typically 10 μl of these diluted compounds in Me2SO were further diluted into 182 μl dilution buffer (phenol red-free MEM/10% FBS, 50 mM HEPES, 1% Glutamine) and 10 μl of each dilution was added to the cells in 96-well plates (yielding a final Me2SO concentration of 0.5%). Appropriate vehicle and inhibitor controls were used to determine the window of the assay. After incubation overnight at 37 0C, 5%CO2, 10 μl and 50 μl media were transferred into a fresh Costar round-bottom 96-well plate for detection of Aβ(40) and Aβ(42) peptides, respectively. 40 μl Origen buffer (PBS, 2% BSA, 0.2% Tween-20) was added to the Aβ(40) wells followed by the addition of 25 μl the respective antibody premixes to the wells: Aβ(40) premix: 1 μg/ml ruthenylated G2-10 antibody, 4 μg/ml biotinylated 4G8 antibody diluted in Origen buffer
Aβ(42) premix: 0.5 μg/ml ruthenylated G2-11 antibody, 4 μg/ml biotinylated 4G8 antibody diluted in Origen buffer
(Biotinylated 4G8 antibody supplied by Signet Pathology Ltd; G2-10 and G2-11 antibodies supplied by Chemicon)
After overnight incubation of the assay plates on a shaker at 4 0C, the Origen M8 Analyser (Igen Inc.) was calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. 25 μl of streptavidin magnetic bead (Dynal) premix (400 μg/ml streptavidin beads/ml in Origen buffer) was added to the assay plates and incubated on a shaker for 15 minutes. 150 μl Origen buffer was added to each well and the plates were read on the Origen M8 Analyser according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Cell viability was measured in the corresponding cells after removal of the media for the Aβ assays by a colorimetric cell proliferation assay (CellTiter 96™ AQ assay, Promega) utilizing the bioreduction of MTS (Owen's reagent) to formazan according to the manufacturer's instructions. Briefly, 5 μl of 10x MTS/PES was added to the remaining 50 μl of media before returning to the incubator. The optical density was read at 495 run after ~4 hours.
LD50 and IC50 values for inhibition of Aβ(40) and Aβ(42) were calculated by nonlinear regression fit analysis using the appropriate software (eg. Excel fit). The total signal and the background were defined by the corresponding Me2SO and inhibitor controls.
The compounds listed in the following examples all gave IC50 values for Aβ(l-42) inhibition that were at least 2-fold lower than the corresponding IC50 values for Aβ(l-40) inhibition, typically at least 5-fold lower, and in the preferred cases at least 50-fold lower.
Example 1 and Ia
(±)-cw-{l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid and (±)-trαRS- {l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000032_0001
lJi2 (4-IsopropyIphenyl){(lE)-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]methylene} amine
Figure imgf000032_0002
4-Isopropylaniline (5.5ml, 40.2mmol) was added to a vigorously stirred mixture of 4- (trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (5.5ml, 40.2mmol) in H2O (60ml) at room temperature. After 2 hours, DCM (100ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. The phases were separated and the organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give the imine (11.6g, 99%) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.28 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.95 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 7.18-7.21 (2H, m), 7.25- 7.29 (2H, m), 7.71-7.73 (2H, m), 8.00-8.02 (2H, m), 8.52 (IH, s).
Step 2; (+)-l-(4-IsopropvIphenyI)-2-r4-(trifluoromethvI)phenvIl-2.l3-dihvdropvridin-4(lH)-one
Figure imgf000032_0003
{[(2£)-3-Methoxy-l-methyleneprop-2-en-l-yl]oxy}(trimethyl)silane (5g, 29mmol) was added to a stirred solution of the imine (Step 1, 4.8g, 16.5mmol) and indium (IU) trifluoromethanesulfonate (550mg, l.Ommol) in dry acetonitrile (70ml) at room temperature under N2. After 3 hours the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution (50ml) and then diluted with EtOAc (100ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (lxlOOml). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 20-40-60% EtOAc/isohexane to give the enone (3.98g, 67%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.75 (IH, ddd, J 16.4, 2.8, 1.1), 2.87 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 3.33 (IH, dd, J 16.4, 7.0), 5.26-5.32 (2H, m), 6.90-6.94 (2H, m), 7.15-7.18 (2H, m), 7.40 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.59 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.67 (IH, dd, J 7.8, 1.1); M/Z (ES+) 360 (MH+). Step_3: (±)-(l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-one
Figure imgf000033_0001
L-Selectride® (1.0 M in THF, 2.70ml, 2.70mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the enone (Step 2, 950mg, 2.64mmol) in dry THF (27ml) under N2, such that the internal temperature was kept below -700C. The reaction was maintained at -78°C for 90 minutes, then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution. After warming to room temperature the mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ketone (820mg, 85%) as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.54-2.59 (IH, m), 2.61-2.67 (IH, m), 2.83 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 2.92 (IH, dd, J 15.5, 4.7), 3.00 (IH, dd, J 15.4, 6.1), 3.57-3.62 (IH, m), 3.72-3.77 (IH, m), 5.12 (IH, t, J 5.3), 6.80 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.11 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.43 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.56 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 362 (MH+).
Step 4: (±)-Ethyl {l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4-yIidene}acetate
Figure imgf000033_0002
NaH (60% dispersion in oil, 352mg, 8.8mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of triethylphosphonoacetate (1.75ml, 8.8mmol) in dry DMF (8ml) at room temperature under N2. After 45 minutes a solution of the ketone (Step 3, 800mg, 2.2mmol) in dry DMF (8ml) was added. After 3 hours at room temperature the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution, then partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/isohexane to give the unsaturated ester (886mg, 90%, mixture of isomers) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 432 (MHT).
Step 5: (±)-Ethyl {l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000034_0001
The unsaturated ester (Step 4, 149mg, 0.35mmol) was taken up in ethanol (25ml) and hydrogenated at 25 psi over 10% Pd/C (20mg) for 1 hour. The catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated, and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/isohexane to give the saturated ester (122mg, 80%, mixture of isomers) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 434 (MH+). Step 6: (±)-cis-{l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid and
(±)-trans- {l-(4-IsopropylphenyI)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000034_0002
A solution of LiOH (48mg, 2mmol) in H2O (0.5ml) was added to a stirred solution of the ester (Step 4, 113mg, 0.26mmol) in THF (2ml) at room temperature. After 16 hours an extra portion of LiOH (lOmg) was added and the mixture was heated at 75 0C for 90 minutes. After cooling to room temperature 2N HCl (1.5ml) was added. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give:
(±)-cω-{ l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid (64mg) as a colourless solid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.11 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.44 (IH, q, J 11.5), 1.64 (IH, qd, J 12.3, 3.8), 1.90-2.20 (3H, m), 2.29-2.31 (2H, m), 2.73 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 2.88-2.98 (IH, m), 3.48-3.53 (IH, m), 4.23 (IH, brd), 6.93-7.00 (4H, m), 7.40-7.46 (4H, m); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+). (±)-trans- { l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid (21mg) as a colourless solid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.20 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.47 (IH, qd, J 11.4, 4.1), 1.74-1.84 (2H, m), 1.95-2.08 (IH, m), 2.30-2.40 (3H, m), 2.81 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 3.16-3.24 (IH, m), 3.72 (IH, dt, J 13.3, 3.7), 5.10 (IH, brs), 6.80 (2H, d, J 8.7), 7.08 (2H, d, J 8.7), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.56 (2H, d, J 8.3); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 2 [2R/S,(2R*,4S*)]-2-{l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4-yl} propanoic acid
O
Figure imgf000035_0001
Step 1: [2R/S,(2R*,4S*)]- Ethyl 2-{l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl} propanoate
Figure imgf000035_0002
Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)arnide (1.0M in THF, 0.4ml, 0.4mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester from Example 1, Step 5 (cis isomer, 155mg, 0.36mmol) in dry THF under N2 at -780C. After 30 minutes methyl iodide (45μl, 0.72mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and then partitioned between EtOAcZH2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 5% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester as a mixture of diastereomers (llOmg, 68%) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 448 (MH+). Ste^2: [2R/S,(2R*,4S*)]-2-{l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl} propanoic acid
Figure imgf000036_0001
A solution of LiOH (27mg, l.lmmol) in H2O (0.5ml) was added to a stirred solution of the ester (Step 1, lOOmg, 0.22mmol) in THF (ImI) at room temperature. After 60 hours an extra portion of LiOH (30mg) and dioxane (ImI) were added. The mixture was heated at 11O0C for 16 hours. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with 5N HCl. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the acid as a 3:2 mixture of diastereomers (90mg, 94%) as colourless solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.12-1.14 (6H, m), 1.21-1.26 (3H, m), 2.01-2.25 (3H, m), 2.26-2.40 (IH, m), 2.50-2.59 (2H, m), 2.78-2.83 (IH, m), 3.48-3.51 (IH, m), 3..91-3.95 (IH, m), 4.35-4.40 (IH, m), 7.12-7.14 (2H, m), 7.24-7.26 (2H, m), 7.42-7.53 (4H, m); M/Z (ES+) 420 (MH+).
Example 3
(±)-cis-{l-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-[4-(trifluorometliyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
H
Figure imgf000036_0002
■ 1; 4-Methyl-2- [4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]pyridme
Figure imgf000036_0003
A mixture of 2-chloro-4-methyl pyridine (1.9ml, 21.6mmol) and 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid (5.Og, 26mmol) in DME (40ml) and aqueous Na2CO3 (2M, 40ml) was degassed (Firestone® valve x 3). Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (1.15g, l.Ommol, 5 mol%) was added and following a further degassing (Firestone® valve x 3) the mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature diluted with H2O (100ml) and EtOAc (150ml). The mixture was filtered through a Celite® pad, washing through with EtOAc. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (200ml). The combined extracts were washed with H2O (100ml) and brine (xl), then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester (3.5g, 68%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.44 (3H, s), 7.13 (2H, d, J 5.0), 7.58 (IH, s), 7.72 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.09 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.57 (IH, d, J 5.0). Step 2; Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]pyridin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000037_0001
A solution of LDA (2M in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene, 44ml, 88mmol) was added drop wise to a stirred solution of 4-methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pyridine (10.5g, 44mmol) in dry THF (300ml) under N2, such that the internal temperature remained <-70°C. After 1 hour at this temperature, dimethyl carbonate (8.9ml, 106mmol) was added. After 30 minutes the cooling bath was removed. When the internal temperature had reached -200C the reaction was transferred to a cold bath at -100C, and then allowed to warm slowly to O0C. After 1 hour at O0C the reaction was quenched with aqueous NH4Cl (half saturated, 100ml). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with H2O (200ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 200ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-30% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester (9.2g, 71%) as a pale yellow liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.72 (2H, s), 3.75 (3H, s), 7.24 (IH, dd, J 1.4, 5.0), 7.72 (3H, t, J 8.4), 8.11 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.68 (IH, d, J 5.0). Step 3: (±)-Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate hydrochloride
Figure imgf000037_0002
A mixture of methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyridin-4-yl} acetate (6.2g, 21mmol), PtO2 (200mg, 0.9mmol) and HCl solution (4N in dioxane, 5.8ml, 23mmol) in MeOH (100ml) was hydrogenated at 20psi on a Parr® apparatus for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give the desired piperidine as white solid (7.1g, quant). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.58- 1.72 (IH, m), 1.75-1.85 (IH, m), 2.08 (IH, d, J 14.2), 2.19 (IH, t, J 14.2), 2.28-2.38 (IH, m), 2.45 (2H, d, J 6.9), 3.24-3.32 (IH, m), 3.51-3.57 (IH, m), 3.67 (3H, s), 4.46 (IH, d, J 10.2), 7.72 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.79 (2H, d, J 8.4).
The free base was obtained by treatment with NaHCO3 (aq) and extraction in to DCM. The organic extracts were dried, filtered and evaporated.
Step 4: (±)-Methyl {l-(4-chlorophenvI)-2-r4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl1piperidin-4-yI)acetate
Figure imgf000038_0001
Potassium tert-butoxide ( IM in THF, 1.1ml, 1. lmmol) was added to a mixture of tris
(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0) (45mg, 0.05mmol) and 2-dicyclohexyl phosphino-2', 4', 6'- tripropyl-l,l'-biphenyl (95mg, 0.2mmol), under a N2 atmosphere and the mixture was deoxygenated (evacuated and N2 filled x3). Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4-yl} acetate (free base, 301mg, l.Ommol) and 4-bromo chlorobenzene (156mg, 0.81mmol) were added and the dark mixture was heated at reflux for 20 hours. The cooled mixture was diluted with H2O (20ml) and EtOAc (20ml) and filtered through a Celite® pad. The phases were separated and the aqueous extracted with EtOAc (30ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 7.5% EtOAc/isohexane to give the methyl ester (36mg, 11%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.29 (IH, m), 1.50-1.58 (IH, m), 1.81 (IH, d, J 12.5), 1.91 (IH, d, J 12.5), 1.99-2.08 (IH, m), 2.18-2.26 (2H, m), 2.71-2.79 (IH, m), 3.43 (IH, dt, J 12.5, 3.1), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.98 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 10.9), 6.77 (2H, d, J 8.7), 6.98 (2H, d, J 8.7), 7.27 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.35 (2H, d, J 8.3). Also obtained was the tert-butyl ester (26mg, 7 %). M/Z (ES+) 454 (MH+).
Step 5: (±)-{l-(4-Chlorophenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
H
Figure imgf000038_0002
A solution of methyl { l-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-[4(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-4-yl} acetate (34mg, 0.08mmol) in THF (2ml) and H2O (2ml) was treated with LiOH (19mg, O.δmmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction was diluted with hydrochloric acid (IN, 20ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), then dried (MgSθ4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 7.5% MeOH/DCM give the acid as a clear gum (15mg, 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.34-1.40 (IH, m), 1.54-1.67 (IH, m), 1.84-2.12 (3H, m), 2.24-2.30 (2H, m), 2.86 (IH, dt, J 12.1, 2.4), 3.47-3.54 (IH, m), 4.15 (IH, dd, J 11.5, 2.7), 6.95 (2H, d, J 8.8), 7.06 (2H, d, J 8.8), 7.44 (4H, s).
Examples 4-8
The examples in the following table were prepared in an analogous manner to Example 3:
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0002
microwave irradiation for 1 hour.
• t Reaction carried out with 1 equivalent of butoxide and heated at 15O0C under microwave irradiation for 1 hour.
Example 9 (±)-cis-{2-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000040_0001
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting A- (isopropyl)phenylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzeneboronic acid in Step 2 and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 10 (±)-cw-[lj2-Bis(4-isopropylphenyl)piperidin-4-yl]acetic acid
Figure imgf000041_0001
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting A- (isopropyl)phenylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES+) 380 (MH+).
Example 11
(±)-ci5'-{l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl3piperidm-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000041_0002
1: Methyl (2-chloropyridin-4-yl)acetate
Figure imgf000041_0003
A solution of LDA (1.8M in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene, 223ml, 401mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of 2-chloro-4-methyl pyridine (17.5ml, 200mmol) in dry THF (IL) under N2, such that the internal temperature <-70°C. After 1 hour at this temperature, dimethyl carbonate (40ml, 475mmol) was added. After 30 minutes the reaction was transferred to a cold bath at -4O0C, and then allowed to warm slowly to O0C. After 1 hour at O0C the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (250ml). The mixture was partitioned between EtOAcZH2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), then dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-25% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester (27.8g, 75%) as a pale yellow liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.63 (2H, s), 3.73 (3H, s), 7.17 (IH, dd, J 5.1, 1.4), 7.28 (IH, s), 8.34 (IH, d, J 5.1). Step 2: Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]pyridin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000042_0001
A mixture of methyl (2-chloropyridin-4-yl) acetate (l.Og, 5.4mmol), 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylboronic acid (1.67g, 8.0mmol) and potassium phosphate (1.7g, δ.Ommol) in toluene (15ml) was degassed, evacuated and N2 filled (x 3). [l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloro palladium (IT), complex with DCM (1:1) (330mg, 0.4mmol, 5 mol%) was added and following a further degassing, evacuation and N2 fill (x 3), the mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (100ml). The mixture was filtered through a Celite® pad, washing through with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 15-20% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester (1.25g, 75%) as a pale gum. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.70 (2H, s), 3.74 (3H, s), 7.20 (IH, dd, J 1.5, 5.0), 7.31 (2H, d, J 8.8), 7.64 (IH, s), 8.00-8.04 (2H, m), 8.64 (IH, d, J 5.0).
Step_3i (±)-Methyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetate Hydrochloride
-c
Figure imgf000042_0002
A mixture of methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]pyridin-4-yl}acetate (1.15g, 3.7mmol), PtO2 (50mg, 0.22mmol) and HCl solution (4N in dioxane, 1.0ml, 4.0mmol) in MeOH (50ml) was hydrogenated at 20psi on a Parr® apparatus for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with Et2OZEtOAC to give the desired piperidine hydrochloride as a white solid (0.69g, 53%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ: 7.65 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.20 (2H, d, J 8.2), 3.97 (IH, d, J 11.9), 3.67 (3H, s), 3.04 (IH, d, J 12.3), 2.81 (IH, s), 2.39-2.29 (2H, m), 2.15 (IH, s), 2.05 (IH, d, J 14.0), 1.89-1.75 (3H, m). Step 4: (±)-{(2Jg*,45*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyI)-2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyn piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000043_0001
The title compound was prepared from methyl 2-[4-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl} acetate (Step 3) coupling in the same manner as Example 7 , substituting the appropriate aryl bromide, and hydrolysing as example 3 step 5. M/Z (ES+) 422 (MH+).
Example 12
(±)-cw-{l-(4-IsopropylphenyI)-2-[3-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000043_0002
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3 substituting 3- (trifluoromethyl)ρhenylboronic acid for 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid and using the coupling procedure used to prepare Example 7. M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 13
(±)-(32?*,6i?*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(tπfluoromethyl)phenyI] piperidine-3-carboxyIic acid
Figure imgf000043_0003
a) (±)-(4-Isopropylphenyl){l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]but-3-en-l-yI}amine Lanthanum triflate (0.141g, 0.24mmol, 2mol%) and benzoic acid (1.49g, 12.2mmol) were dissolved in CH3CN (20ml) and the suspension was stirred under nitrogen until dissolved. 4- (Trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (2.12g, 12.2mmol) was added followed by 4-isoproρylaniline (1.65g). Allyl(tributyl)stannane (4.54ml, 14.6mmol) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was then quenched with NaOH (2M, 20ml) and extracted into DCM (3xl00ml). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the crude homoallylic amine product. This was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-30% ether in hexane as eluant to yield the product as a colourless oil (3.65g, 90%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.16 (6H, dd, J 1.3, 6.9), 2.42-2.48 (IH, m), 2.56-2.62 (IH, m), 2.71-2.79 (IH, qn, J 6.7), 4.07 (IH, s), 4.38 (IH, dd, J 4.9, 8.1), 5.18 (2H, m), 5.69-5.77 (IH, m), 6.40 (2H, d, J 8.4), 6.95 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.49 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.1); M/Z (ES+) 334 (MH+). b) (±)-Methyl 2-[((4-isopropyIphenyl){l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l- yl}amino)methyl]acrylate
The homoallylic amine described in a) above (3.33g, O.Olmol) was dissolved in DCM (30ml) and Et3N (2ml, 0.015mol) was added and the solution was cooled to 00C. Methyl 2-(bromomethyl)acrylate (1.8ml, 0.015mol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution was washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the crude amine product. This was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-20% ether in hexane as eluant to yield the product as a pale orange oil (3.85g, 90%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.72- 2.84 (3H, m), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.96 (IH, d, J 18.7), 4.05 (IH, d, J 18.7), 5.03-5.11 (3H, m), 5.60 (IH, d, J 1.4), 5.75-5.83 (IH, m), 6.16 (IH, d, J 1.3), 6.69 (2H, d, J 8.7), 7.06 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.39 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.54 (2H, d, J 8.1); M/Z (ES+) 432 (MH+). c) (±)-MethyΙ l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-3- carboxylate The diene described in b) above (4.3g, O.Olmol) was dissolved in DCM (30ml) under nitrogen. Grubbs II catalyst [l,3-bis-(2,4,6-(trimethylphenyl)-2-imidazolidinylidene)dichloro(phenylmethylene)- tricyclohexylphosphine]ruthenium (0.169g, 2mol%) was added and the mixture was stirred for 4h. The mixture was stirred with charcoal overnight. The charcoal was removed by filtration through Celite and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 5- 20% ether in hexane as eluant to yield the product as a colourless oil (3.6g, 90%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.76 (IH, dd, J 5.8, 19.8), 2.82 (IH, qn, J 6.9), 2.92-2.98 (IH, m), 3.76 (3H, s), 3.76 (IH, m), 4.08 (IH, d, J 17.6), 5.11 (IH, d, J 5.1), 6.84 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.11 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.15 (IH, dd, J 2.4, 5.5), 7.23 (4H, s), 7.48 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 404 (MH+). d) (±)-Methyl (3i?*,62?*)-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-3- carboxylate The tetrahydropyridine described in c) above (l.Olg, 2.5mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (anhydrous, 50ml) and Mg (0.6g, excess) was added. The mixture was stirred for Ih whereupon an exothermic reaction developed. This was stirred overnight under nitrogen. The solution was neutralized by pouring onto cold HCl (IN) and was then extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Analysis of the mixture by 1H NMR showed the major product to be the cis isomer. The crude product was dissolved in MeOH (anhydrous, 50ml) and sodium (0.6g, excess) was added. This solution was heated under reflux overnight and then cooled in ice. The solution was neutralized by pouring onto cold HCl (IN) and was then extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a mixture of 2 epimers which were separated by chromatography on silica using DCM as eluant.
Analyses for epimer a, cis ester: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.19 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.85-1.91 (2H, m), 1.97-2.04 (IH, m), 2.15-2.21 (IH, m), 2.74-2.82 (2H, m), 3.42 (IH, dd, J 9.0, 13.5), 3.67 (IH, t, J 6.8), 3.73 (3H, s), 4.76 (IH, t, J 4.8), 6.83 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.06 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.41 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.52 (2H, d, J 8.2); MZZ (ES+) 406 (MH+). e) (±)-(3JR*,62?*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine -3-carboxyIic acid The cis ester described in d) (200mg, 0.5mmol) above was dissolved in MeOH (2ml) and NaOH (0.6ml, 4N) was added. The solution was heated at 6O0C overnight. The cooled solution was evaporated and neutralized with HCl (2ml, 2N) and extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a colourless oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using 50-75% EtOAc in hexane as eluant. It was further purified by recrystallisation from hexane to give colourless crystals.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.14 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.91-2.13 (3H, m), 2.18-2.20 (IH, m), 2.73-2.81 (IH, m), 2.90 (IH, s), 3.29 (IH, dd, J 2.3, 12.7), 3.53 (IH, dd, J 3.9, 12.6), 4.30 (IH, dd, J 3.2, 9.3), 6.92 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.03 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.31 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.1); M/Z (ES+) 392 (MH+).
Example 13a
(±)-(3Z?*, 6S*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}acetic add
Figure imgf000045_0001
a) (±)-Benzyl {(3i2*, 6S*)-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-3- yl}acetate The compound of Example 13 (lOOmg, 0.25mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2ml) and oxalyl chloride (0.12ml) was added followed by 1 drop DMF. Effervescence was observed and slowly a white precipitate appeared over 30min. The reaction was monitored by quenching an aliquot of reaction mixture in MeOH and this was analysed by mass spectrometry. The mixture was evaporated and dried in vacuo. It was re- dissolved in CH3CN (1.5ml) and THF (1.5ml) and cooled to O0C. Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (0.5ml, 2M in hexane) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The solution was evaporated and benzyl alcohol (55μl) and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine (2ml) were added and the mixture was heated in an oil bath pre-heated to 1800C for 7min. The solution was cooled and the dark mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with citric acid (10%), H2O, brine and the organic extract was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-10% ether in hexane as eluant to give the product as a white solid (40mg, 40%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.17-1.23 (6H1 d, J 6.9), 1.27-1.35 (IH, m), 1.69-1.81 (IH, m), 1.97-2.05 (IH, m), 2.12-2.19 (IH, m), 2.28-2.46 (3H, m), 2.79 (IH, qn, J 6.9), 2.90 (IH, dd, J 9.0, 13.3), 3.59 (IH, dd, J 3.7, 13.8), 4.80 (IH, s), 5.15 (2H, s), 6.77 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.01 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.33-7.37 (5H, m), 7.40 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.51 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 496 (MH+). b) (±)-(3R*, 65*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}acetic acid The benzyl ester described in a) above (40mg) was dissolved in EtOAc and palladium on carbon (10%, lOmg) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at 1 atm H2 for 2h. The mixture was filtered to remove palladium and the solvent was evaporated. The crude product was crystallized from wo-hexane to give the product as white crystals. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.19 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.34-1.41 (IH, m), 1.78- 1.82 (IH, m), 1.98-2.05 (IH, m), 2.12-2.18 (IH, m), 2.30-2.32 (IH, m), 2.39 (IH, dd, J 6.2, 15.8), 2.48 (IH, dd, J 7.7, 15.8), 2.75-2.82 (IH, qn, J 6.9), 2.96 (IH, dd, J 8.7, 13.2), 3.60 (IH, dd, J 3.5, 13.2), 4.77 (IH, t, J 4.5), 6.83 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.05 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.42 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.53 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 14
(±)-(3/?*,65*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI] piperidine-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000046_0001
a) (±)-Methyl (32?*,6S*)-l-(4-isopropyIphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-3- carboxylate The crude mixture of epimers described in Example 13(d) was separated by chromatography on silica using DCM as eluant to afford isomer b, the trans isomer (60%) as a colourless oil. Analyses for epimer b, trans ester: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.14 (6H, dd, J 2.1 , 6.9), 1.67- 1.77 (2H, m), 2.00-2.12 (2H, m), 2.70-2.78 (IH, m), 2.84-2.90 (IH, m), 3.01 (IH, t, J 11.3), 3.68 (4H, s), 4.11 (IH, t, J 4.6), 6.85 (2H, d, J 8.5), 6.97 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.36 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.42 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+). b) (±)-(322*,6S*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-3-carboxyIic acid The trans ester described in a) above (200mg, 0.5mmol) above was dissolved in MeOH (2ml) and NaOH (0.6ml, 4N) was added. The solution was heated at 600C overnight. The cooled solution was evaporated and neutralized with HCl (2ml, 2N) and extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a colourless oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using 50-75% EtOAc in hexane as eluant. It was further purified by recrystallisation from hexane to give colourless crystals. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.11 (6H, dd, J 1.6, 6.9), 1.67-1.75 (2H, m), 1.98-2.02 (IH, m), 2.15 (IH, s), 2.69-2.75 (IH, m), 2.86-2.90 (2H, m), 3.63 (IH, d, J 9.4), 4.13 (IH, d, J 10.0, 3.1), 6.95 (4H, q, J 8.8), 7.43 (4H, q, J 6.9); M/Z (ES+) 392 (MH+).
Example 14a
(±)-{(3R*, 62-*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI] piperidin-3-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000047_0001
(a) (±)-BenzyΙ {(3R*, 6JR*)-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-3- yl}acetate
The compound of Example 14 was reacted according to the procedure described in Example 13a (section a) to afford the homologated benzyl ester: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.14 (6H, dd, J 1.8, 7.0), 1.19- 1.29 (IH, m), 1.67-1.73 (IH, m), 1.88-1.98 (2H, m), 2.27-2.33 (2H, m), 2.37-2.43 (IH, m), 2.56 (IH, dd, J 10.0, 11.7), 2.69-2.77 (IH, qn, J 6.7), 3.50 (IH, dd, J 2.0, 11.7), 4.04 (IH, dd, J 2.4, 9.8), 5.14 (2H, d, J 1.0), 6.79 (2H, d, J 8.6), 6.94 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.34-7.42 (9H, m); M/Z (ES+) 496 (MH+). b) (±)-(3ZJ* 62?*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}acetic acid The benzyl ester described above was hydrogenated according to the procedure described in Example 13a (section b) to give the product: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.13 (6H, dd, J 2.1, 6.9), 1.23-1.21 (IH, m), 1.66-1.75 (IH, m), 1.95-1.99 (2H, m), 2.28-2.43 (3H, m), 2.59 (IH, t, J 11.0), 2.73 (IH, qn, J 6.7), 3.53 (IH, dd, J 11.6, 2.5), 4.06 (IH, dd, J 10.6,2.3), 6.84 (2H, d, J 8.5), 6.96 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.36 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.41 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 406 (ME-+).
Example 15 (+)-{(2/-*,32-*)-l-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pheiiyl]piperidin-3-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000048_0001
1 1: 3-MethyI-2-r4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI1pyridine
Figure imgf000048_0002
A mixture of 2-chloro-3-methylpyridine (6.38g, 50mmol) and 4-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid (9.59g, 50mmol) in DME (75ml) and Na2CO3 solution (2M, 75ml) was deoxygenated by bubbling nitrogen through the mixture for 15 mins. Tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (1.155g, l.Ommol) was added and the reaction was degassed for a further 10 mins. The reaction was heated at reflux for 16 hrs then cooled to rt. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10-30% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the pyridine (10.75g, 91%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.36 (3H, s), 7.21-7.26 (IH, m), 7.60-7.72 (5H, m), 8.54-8.55 (IH, m).
Step 2: Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyridin-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000048_0003
A solution of diisopropylamine (4.8ml, 34mmol) in dry THF (20ml) was cooled to 00C and n- butyllithium (1.6M in hexanes, 21.3ml, 34mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at 00C for 30mins, l,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2(lH)-pyrimidinone (4.1ml, 34mmol) was added. After 15 mins a solution of the pyridine (Step 1, 4.033g, 17mmol) in dry TΗF (10 ml) was added. The reaction was stirred for 15 mins at O0C then cooled to -780C and dimethyl carbonate (3.4ml, 40mmol) in dry TΗF (10ml) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to -5°C and stirred for 1 hr then quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the ester (0.621g, 12%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.65 (2H, s), 3.67 (3H, s), 7.31-7.34 (IH, m), 7.61-7.62 (2H, m), 7.71-7.75 (3H, m), 8.63-8.64 (IH, m). SteEL3: (±)-{(22?*,3i?*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-3-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000049_0001
The title compound was prepared from the pyridine in Step 2 using the method in Example 3 Step 3 followed by the method in Example 65 Step 4. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.15 (6H, dd, J 2.0, 6.9), 1.74-1.86 (3H, m), 2.09-2.18 (2H, m), 2.36 (IH, dd, J 8.8, 15.9), 2.58-2.63 (IH, m), 2.75 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 3.02-3.08 (IH, m), 3.47-3.53 (IH, m), 4.81 (IH, d, J 4.2), 6.88 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.00 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.41-7.49 (4H, m); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 16
(±)-{(22?*,32ϊ*,4/ϊ*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-3-propyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
O
HO^-
Figure imgf000049_0002
Step 1 : (±)-(2Jg*,35;|!)-3-Allvl-l-(4-isopropvIphenvI)-2-r4-(trifluoromethvl)phenvIl-2.3- dihydropyridin-4(lH)-one
Figure imgf000049_0003
A solution of LDA (1.8M in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene, 1.2ml, 2.16mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the enone from Example 1, step 2 (750mg, 2.1mmol) in dry THF (10ml) under N2, such that the internal temperature <-70°C. After 30 minutes at this temperature allyl bromide (360μl, 4.2mmol) was added. After an additional 30 minutes the reaction was transferred to an ice bath and kept at this temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl, and then partitioned between EtOAc/H2θ. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 20-30% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ketone (716mg, 85%) as an oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.22 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.38-2.45 (IH, m), 2.58-2.62 (2H, m), 2.84- 2.92 (IH, m), 5.02 (IH, d, J 17.0), 5.12-5.16 (2H, m), 5.22 (IH, d, J 7.7), 5.83-5.91 (IH, m), 6.94 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.18 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.37 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.66 (IH, dd, J 7.7, 1.1). SteEj: (±)-(2/?*,35*)-3-Allyl-l-(4-isopropyIphenyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4-one
Figure imgf000050_0001
L-Selectride® (1.0 M in THF, 1.4ml, 1.4mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the enone (Step 1, 538mg, 1.35mmol) in dry THF (10ml) under N2, such that the internal temperature was kept below - 7O0C. The reaction was maintained at -78 0C for 1 hour, then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution. After warming to room temperature the mixture was partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 5-10% EtOAc/isohexane to give the ketone (458mg, 85%) as an oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.48 (2H, t, J 7.0), 2.56-2.62 (IH, m), 2.67-2.73 (IH, m), 2.78-2.85 (IH, m), 2.98-3.00 (IH, m), 3.47-3.53 (IH, m), 3.65-3.71 (IH, m), 4.95 (IH, d, J 3.3), 5.03 (IH, dd, J 17.0, 1.3), 5.10 (IH, d, J 9.2), 5.75-5.83 (IH, m), 6.76 (2H, d, J 8.6), 7.09 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.29 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.51 (2H, d, J 8.2). Step 3: (±)-EthyI (2E/Z)-{(22?*,3/?*)-3-AlIyl-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene}acetate
Figure imgf000051_0001
NaH (60% dispersion in oil, HOmg, 2.75mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of triethylphosphonoacetate (0.55ml, 2.7mmol) in dry THF (3ml) at O0C under N2. After 1 hour a solution of the ketone (Step 2, 223mg, 0.56mmol) in dry THF (2ml) was added. After 30 minutes at O0C the reaction was removed from the ice bath and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, and then partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10-20% EtOAc/isohexane to give the unsaturated ester (251mg, 95%, mixture of isomers) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 472 (MH+).
Step 4: (±)-Ethyl {(22?*,3JR*,4JR*)-l-(4-isopropylphenyl)-3-propyl-2-[4- (trifluoromethyIphenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000051_0002
The unsaturated ester (Step 3, 237mg, 0.50mmol) was taken up in ethanol (25ml) and hydrogenated at 25 psi over 10% Pd/C (40mg) for 1 hour. The catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated, and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2-10% diethyl ether/isohexane to give the saturated ester (124mg, 52%, mixture of isomers) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 476
(MH+).
Step_5i (±)-{(22?*,3Z?*,4JR*)-l-(4-IsopropyIphenyl)-3-propyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000052_0001
A mixture of LiOH (30mg, 1.25mmol) and the ester (Step 4, 112mg, 0.24mmol) in THFZH2O (3:1, 2ml) was stirred and heated at 75°C for 16 hours. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with 2N HCl, and then partitioned between EtOAcZH2O. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried
(Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2- 4% MeOHZDCM to give the acid (40mg, 37%) as a colourless foam. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.78 (3H, t, J 7.0), 1.09-1.20 (8H, m, [inc d, J 6.9]), 1.25-1.41 (2H, m), 1.65-1.71 (IH, m), 1.82-1.86 (IH, m), 1.98 (2H, brd, J 9.4), 2.12 (IH, dd, J 15.0, 8.7), 2.47 (IH, dd, J 15.1, 4.1), 2.70-2.77 (IH, m), 3.10 (IH, t, J 10.5), 3.39-3.42 (IH, m), 4.16 (IH, d, J 7.0), 6.74 (2H, d, J 8.3), 6.96 (2H, d, J 8.5), 7.34 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.43 (2H, d, J 8.1); MZZ (ES+) 448 (MH+).
Example 17
(±)-(3jR*,65*)-l-(4-IsopropyIbenzyI)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-3-carboxylic add
Figure imgf000052_0002
a) 6-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]nicotinic acid
6-Chloronicotinic acid (1.57g, O.Olmmol), [4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]boronic acid (1.9g, O.Olmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (230mg, 2mol%), Na2CO3 (2M, 5ml) in THF (15ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 1500C. The cooled mixture was filtered through Hyflo® to remove inorganic material, the Hyflo® was washed with EtOAc and the combined organic extracts were dispersed between aq. NaOH and EtOAc. The aqueous extracts were acidified (aq. HCl) and extracted with EtOAc; the organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give the product (0.8g, 30%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 7.85 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.10 (IH, dd, J 0.8, 8.4), 8.31 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.49 (IH, dd, J 2.2, 8.2), 9.26 (IH, dd, J 0.8, 2.1). b) (±)-Methyl (32?* 6S*)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-3-carboxylate
The acid described in a) above (0.8g) was dissolved in MeOH. Ethereal HCl (5ml, IM) was added followed by PtO2 (60mg) and the mixture was hydrogenated at 30psi for 2h. The mixture was filtered through Hyflo® to remove platinum and the solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the product as an oil. The oil was dissolved in EtOAc and basified with NaHCO3; the organic extract was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.67-1.81 (4H, m), 2.31- 2.35 (IH, m), 2.59 (IH, br s), 2.98 (IH, dd, J 3.5, 12.5), 3.61 (IH, d, J 12.5), 3.70 (IH, dd, J 10.5, 2.8), 3.76 (3H, s), 7.47 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.56 (2H, d, J 8.1); M/Z (ES+) 288 (MH+). c) (±)-Methyl (32?* 6S*)-l-(4-isopropylbenzyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI] piperidine-3- carboxylate
The amine described in b) above (lOOmg, 0.35mmol), 4-isopropylbenzyl bromide (0.14g, 0.7mmol) and K2CO3 (O.lg, 0.7mmol) were dissolved in DMF (ImI) and the mixture was heated at 600C overnight. The cooled mixture was diluted with H2O (20ml) and was extracted with EtOAc (3x5ml). The organic extracts were washed with H2O, brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude product was purified on silica using 3-7% EtOAc in wø-hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.24 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.57 (IH, tt, J 13.7, 4.5), 1.69 (IH, dd, J 3.1, 13.8), 1.93-2.03 (IH, m), 2.19-2.27 (2H, m), 2.63 (IH, s), 2.82 (IH, d, J 11.0), 2.87 (IH, qn, J 6.9), 3.24 (IH, dd, J 11.1, 3.2), 3.42 (IH, dt, J 11.7, 2.4), 3.63 (IH, d, J 11.0), 3.70 (3H, s), 7.13 (4H, q, J 6.3), 7.52 (4H, q, J 8.2). M/Z (ES+) 420 (MH+). d) (±)-(32?*,65*)-l-(4-Isopropylbenzyl)-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-3-carboxylic acid The ester described in c) above was hydrolysed according to the procedure described in Example 13
(section e) to give the product as a white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.23 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.79-1.87 (IH, m), 2.18 (2H, s), 2.33 (IH, d, J 12.7), 2.89-2.99 (2H, m), 3.16 (IH, t, J 12.4), 3.68 (IH, d, J 10.0), 3.94 (IH, d, J 13.3), 4.11 (IH, d, J 13.2), 4.32-4.41 (IH, m), 7.21 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.29 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.81 (2H, t, J 8.4), 7.87 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+).
Example 18
(±)-(cώ)-l-(4-IsopropyIbenzyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000053_0001
a) Methyl 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]isonicotinate Methyl 2-chloroisonicotinate (427mg), 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acid (474mg), potassium phosphate (800mg), l,l-[bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(II) (102mg), in PhMe (5ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 15O0C. The cooled mixture was filtered through Hyflo® to remove inorganic material, the Hyflo® was washed with EtOAc and the combined organic extracts were dispersed between H2O and EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-25% EtOAc in hexane to yield the product as a crystalline solid (560mg, 85%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 4.01 (3H, s), 7.76 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.84 (IH, dd, J 1.4, 4.9), 8.18 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.33 (IH, t, J 1.1), 8.87 (IH, dd, J 0.6, 4.8). b) (±)-Methyl (cis)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylate hydrochloride
Methyl 2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]isonicotinate (5g) was dissolved in MeOH (180ml) and HCl in dioxane (4.5ml, 4N). To this solution was added platinum oxide (500mg) and the mixture was hydrogenated at 30psi for 2h. The mixture was filtered through Hyflo® to remove the catalyst and the solution was evaporated and azeotroped with toluene to yield the product as a white crystalline solid (5g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.95-2.03 (IH, m), 2.09-2.17 (IH, m), 2.33 (IH, d, J 14.5), 2.44 (IH, d, J 14.2), 2.95-3.02 (IH, m), 3.35-3.39 (IH, m), 3.60-3.64 (IH, m), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.51 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 12.6), 7.74 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.83 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 288 (MH+). c) (±)-Methyl (cis)-l-(4-isopropylbenzyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-4-carboxyIate Methyl (cis)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (0.22g), 4-isopropylbenzyl bromide (240mg), NaI (15mg), K2CO3 (287mg) in DMF (2ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 15O0C. The cooled mixture was dispersed between H2O and EtOAc and the organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-8% EtOAc in hexane to yield a colourless oil (260mg, 81%) which crystallized on standing. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.23 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.71- 1.81 (2H, m), 1.92 (IH, d, J 12.9), 1.97-2.04 (2H, m), 2.44-2.50 (IH, m), 2.82-2.90 (2H, m), 3.08-3.10 (IH, m), 3.25 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.3), 3.66 (4H, t, J 9.1), 7.14 (4H, q, J 6.3), 7.58 (4H, s); M/Z (ES+) 420 (MH+). d) (±)-(ci5')-l-(4-Isopropylbenzyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
The ester described in c) above (67mg) was dissolved in THF (2ml) and LiOH (20mg) in H2O (2ml) was added. The colourless solution was stirred overnight. The solution was evaporated and acidified with HCl (3ml, 2M) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.23 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.98 (IH, d, J 10.7), 2.21 (IH, t, J 12.8), 2.28 (IH, d, J 14.8), 2.36 (IH, d, J 14.5), 2.82-2.96 (2H, m), 3.16 (IH, t, J 13.0), 3.57 (IH, d, J 12.9), 3.88-3.94 (IH, m), 4.06-4.12 (IH, m), 4.48 (IH, d, J 11.2), 7.20 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.30 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.81 (2H, d, J 7.9), 7.88 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (BS+) 406 (MH+). Example 19 (±)-(cis)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000055_0001
a) (±)-Methyl (cis)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidine-4- carboxylate
(±)-Methyl (cώ)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylate (Example (18b) (88mg), 2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (llOmg), NaI (25mg) and K2CO3 (lOOmg) in DMF (3ml) were placed in a microwave tube and the contents were heated in the microwave oven for 20min at 15O0C. The cooled mixture was dispersed between water and EtOAc and the organic extracts were washed with sodium thiosulfate, brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-8% EtOAc in hexane to yield a colourless oil (98mg, 62%) which crystallized on standing. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.81-1.89 (2H, m), 1.97 (IH, d, J 13.2), 2.09-2.17 (2H, m), 2.49-2.56 (IH, m), 2.94-2.96 (IH, m), 3.34 (IH, d, J 15.6), 3.40 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 11.3), 3.66 (4H, d, J 15.6), 7.53-7.59 (5H, m), 7.68 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.19 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 514 (MH+). b) (±)-(cis)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-4- carboxylic acid
The ester described in a) above (90mg) was dissolved in dioxane (2ml) and NaOH (0.3ml, 4N) was added. The colourless solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and heated under reflux for 3h. The cooled solution was evaporated and acidified with HCl (3ml, 2M) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white solid which was crystallized from hexane. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.75-1.87 (2H, m), 1.99 (IH, d, J 12.6), 2.07 (IH, d, J 10.6), 2.24 (IH, t, J 11.2), 2.53-2.59 (IH, m), 2.94 (IH, dd, J 3.3, 8.6), 3.39 (IH, d, J 14.7), 3.51 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 11.3), 3.67 (IH, d, J 15.7), 7.62 (4H, q, J 7.1), 7.69 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.79 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.25 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 500 (MH+).
Example 20 (±)--cis-{l-BenzyI-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)pb.enyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000056_0001
Step 1; (±)-cw-Methyl {l-benzyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetate
Figure imgf000056_0002
A clear solution of methyl (±)-(2/?*,4>S'*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate hydrochloride (Example 3, Step 3, 150mg, 0.45mmol), K2CO3 (604mg, 2.25mmol), NaI (13mg, 0.09mmol) and benzyl bromide (lOOμl, 0.84mmol) in DMF (2ml) was stirred in the microwave at 15O0C for 15 min. The dark orange reaction mixture was diluted with NaHCO3 (sat, 10ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2x20ml). Extracts were washed with H2O (4xl0ml), brine (10ml) and dried (MgSO4) to give an orange gum (180 mg). The crude product was purified using chromatography on silica using 8% EtOAc/isohexane to give a pale gum (120mg, 0.31mmol, 68%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.37-1.29 (2H, m), 1.69 (IH, d, J 12.7), 1.84 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 12.9), 2.06-1.98 (2H, m), 2.29-2.17 (2H, m), 2.84 (IH, d, J 13.6), 3.02-2.98 (IH, m), 3.27 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.2), 3.64 (3H, s), 3.70 (IH, d, J 13.7), 7.23 (3H, t, J 6.9), 7.29 (2H, t, J 4.1), 7.58 (4H, s). M/Z (ES+) 392 (MH+).
Step^_(±)-cϊs-{l-Benzyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000056_0003
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as Example 3, Step 5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.43-1.33 (2H, m), 1.77 (IH, d, J 12.9), 1.88 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 13.2), 1.99-1.95 (IH, m), 2.24- 2.14 (3H, m), 2.96 (IH, d, J 13.3), 3.03 (IH, dd, J 3.1, 8.5), 3.43 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 11.3), 3.69 (IH, d, J 13.2), 7.29-7.21 (5H, m), 7.67 (4H, s); M/Z 378 (MH+). Examples 21-49
The examples in the following table were prepared in an analogous manner to Example 20, using the appropriate benzyl or alkyl bromide.
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0003
Example 50
(±)-cw-{l-[5-Propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000063_0001
Step 1: (±)-cw-Methyl {l-[5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000063_0002
A solution of (±)-methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyridin-4-yl}acetate (Example 3 , Step 3) (Ig, 2.96mmol), K2CO3 (2.05mg, 14.8mmol), NaI (89mg, 0.59mmol) and 5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (960μl, 5.92mmol) in DMF (14ml) was stirred at 8O0C under N2 for 16 h. The dark orange reaction mixture was diluted with NaHCO3 (sat, 150ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2xl00ml). Extracts were washed with H2O (4x25ml), brine (25ml) and dried (MgSO4) to give a yellow oil (2.12g). The crude product was purified using column chromatography on silica using 5% EtOAc/isohexane to give a clear gum (1.34g, 2.72mmol, 92%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.43-1.35 (2H, m), 1.76-1.72 (IH, m), 1.90-1.86 (IH, m), 2.17-1.99 (2H, m), 2.33-2.21 (2H, m), 2.92-2.88 (IH, m), 3.24 (IH, dd, J 1.9, 15.5), 3.38 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.2), 3.57 (IH, d, J 15.5), 3.65 (3H, s), 7.27 (IH, d, J 8.4), 7.48 (IH, d, J 8.4), 7.52 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.89 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 494([MH]+). Step 2: (±)-cw-Methyl {-l-[5-propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate and (±)-cιs-methyl {l-[2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4- yl}acetate
Figure imgf000064_0001
Dihydrogen di-/ι-chlorotetrakis(di-tert-butylphosphinito-κP)dipalladate(2-) (POPdI, 38mg, 0.04mmol) was added to a clear solution of methyl { l-[5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate (200mg, 0.41mmol), npropylboronic acid (54mg, 0.62mmol) and cesium carbonate (401mg, 1.23mmol) in THF (3ml) in air. The yellow solution was then stirred at 1300C in the microwave for 2 h. The dark yellow solution was diluted with H2O (20ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2x20ml). Extracts were washed with H2O (20ml), brine (10ml) and dried (MgSO^. Solvent was removed in vacuo to yield a yellow gum (221mg).The mixture was purified by chromatography eluting with 5% EtOAc/isohexane to yield the title compound as a clear gum, (98mg, 48%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.42-1.24 (2H, m), 1.72-1.68 (3H, m), 1.89-1.85 (IH, m), 2.11-1.97 (2H, m), 2.31-2.21 (2H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J 7.6), 2.93-2.89 (IH, m), 3.21 (IH, dd, J 1.9, 15.0), 3.36 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.2), 3.58 (IH, s), 3.65 (4H, s), 7.08 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.45 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.55 (4H, s), 7.68 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 502 (MH+).
Also obtained from the chromatography was methyl { l-[2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl} acetate as a clear gum, (46mg, 24%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.42-1.32 (2H, m), 1.71 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 9.9), 1.89-1.85 (IH, m), 2.13-1.97 (2H, m), 2.31-2.19 (2H, m), 2.92-2.88 (IH, m), 3.25 (IH, dd, J 1.9, 15.1), 3.38 (IH, dd, J 2.9, 11.2), 3.62 (4H, t, J 9.8), 7.29 (IH, t, J 7.7), 7.54 (6H, t, J 6.2), 7.91 (IH, d, J 7.7); M/Z (ES+) 460 (MH+). Step_3: (±)-cis-{l-[5-Propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
O
HO-^i
Figure imgf000064_0002
The title compound was prepared as described for Example 3, Step 5. M/Z (ES+) 488 ([MH]+).
Example 51 (±)-cιs-{l-[2-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic add
Figure imgf000065_0001
The title compound was prepared from the byproduct of Example 50 Step 2 as described for Example 3, Step 5. M/Z (ES+) 446 ([MH]+).
Example 52 (±)'cis -{l-[2-PropyI-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
O
Figure imgf000065_0002
Step 1; (±)-cϊs-Methyl {l-[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000065_0003
The compound was prepared analogously to Example 50, Step 1 using 2-chloro-5-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide to furnish a pale yellow oil. M/Z (ES+) 494 (MH+). Step 2: (±)-cis-Methyl {l-[2-propyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000066_0001
Methyl { l-[2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piρeridin-4-yl} acetate (lOOmg, 0.20mmol), n-propylboronic acid (21mg, 0.24mmol), CTC Q-Phos (l,2,3,4,5-Pentaphenyl-l'-(di- t-butylphosphino)ferrocene) (3mg, 0.004mmol), Pd(dba)2 (lmg, 0.002mmol) and K3PO4 (85mg, 0.40mmole) were combined in a sealed tube accommodating a septum. Toluene (ImI) was added and the resulting red solution was degassed with bubbling N2 for 10 min. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 1000C for 3 h. The red reaction mixture was then directly chromatographed (silica, 5% EtOAc/isohexane) to give a pale red gum (70mg). The crude product was further purified using preparatory HPLC to yield a colourless gum (41mg, 0.07mmol, 35%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 0.65 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.22-1.14 (2H, m), 1.30-1.24 (IH, m), 1.54 (IH, d, J 11.2), 1.89 (IH, d, J 12.7), 2.01 (IH, d, J 14.6), 2.11 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 14.4), 2.33-2.15 (4H, m), 2.49 (IH, s), 3.25 (IH, d, J 3.3), 3.47 (IH, d, J 12.1), 3.56 (3H, s), 4.01 (IH, d, J 13.7), 4.11 (IH, d, J 13.8), 7.37 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.56 (2H, t, J 7.6), 7.72 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.80 (2H, d, J 8.2); M/Z (ES+) 502 (MH+). Step 3: (±)-cis -{l-[2-Propyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000066_0002
The title compound was prepared as described for Example 3, Step 5. M/Z (ES+) 488 (MH+).
Example 53 (±)-c/s-{l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[3-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1; (±)-cw-Methyl {2-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yϊ}acetate hydrochloride
Figure imgf000067_0002
The compound was prepared in the manner of Example 3 substituting 3-(trifluoromethyl) benzeneboronic acid in the sequence. M/Z (ES+) 302 (MH4").
Step 2: (±y-cw-il-P^-BisCtrifluoromethy^benzyy^-P-Ctrifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000067_0003
The compound was prepared in the manner of Example 20 to give a pale white solid. M/Z (ES+) 514 (MET).
Examples 54 to 57
The following examples were prepared by reaction of 2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide and a piperidine as described in Example 20. The piperidines were prepared by either the route described in Example 3 or Example 11.
Figure imgf000067_0004
Figure imgf000068_0001
Example 58 (±)-m-3-{"l-[2,5-Bis(trifluorometIiyI)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yljpropanoic acid
Figure imgf000068_0002
Step l; (±)-cM-l-f-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethvI) phenvnpiperidin-4-yl}- 3-diazoacetone
Figure imgf000069_0001
Oxalyl chloride (65μl, 0.77mmol) was added to a suspension of (±)-cis-{ l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid (Example 56) (157mg, 0.30mmol) in DCM (10ml). DMF (5μl) was added and the pale yellow solution obtained was stirred at RT under N2, for 2 h. The yellow solution was concentrated in vacuo and oxalyl chloride removed by azeotroping with toluene to yield a yellow solid. This was dissolved in THF/MeCN (5ml / 5ml) cooled to O0C and TMS diazomethane (0.3ml, 2M in hexane, 0.60mmol) was added under N2. The mixture was stirred for 5 h at 00C and then at RT for 16 h. The yellow solution was evaporated in vacuo to give a pale brown gum (164mg). The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give a clear gum (91mg, 56%). M/Z (ES+) 488 (MH+). Step 2: (±)-cιs-Methyl 3-{-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}propanoate
CO2Me k
Figure imgf000069_0002
To a solution of l-{-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}-3- diazoacetone (91mg, 0.17mmol) in MeOH (2ml) at RT, under N2, was added 160μl of a filtered solution of silver benzoate in triethylamine (0.5g / 5ml), equivalent to 0.07mmol of silver benzoate. The resulting deep purple solution was stirred at RT, under N2, for 1 h, then quenched with NaHCO3 (20ml) and extracted into EtOAc (2 x 20ml). Organic extracts were washed with H2O (20ml), brine (20ml) and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed in vacuo to yield a clear gum (58mg). The crude product was purified by chromatography (silica, 3% EtOAc/isohexane) to give a clear gum (38mg, 0.07mmol, 41%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.40-1.26 (3H, m), 1.61 (2H, q, J 6.9), 1.71 (IH, d, J 12.5), 1.84 (IH, d, J 10.3), 2.10 (IH, t, J 11.0), 2.33 (2H, t, J 7.6), 2.88 (IH, d, J 11.8), 3.31 (IH, d, J 15.2), 3.36 (IH, t, J 5.6), 3.63 (IH, d, J 15.7), 3.66 (3H, s), 7.57-7.51 (5H, m), 7.67 (IH, d, J 8.0), 8.20 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 542 (MH+). Step 3: (±)-cfe-3-{-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}propanoic acid
CO2H
Figure imgf000070_0001
The title compound was produced as described in Example 3, Step 5. M/Z (ES+) 528 (MH+).
Example 59 (±)-{(22?*,3Jl?*)-l-[255-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)plienyl] piperidin-3- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000070_0002
The title compound was prepared from the pyridine in Example 15 Step 2 using the method in Example 3 Step 3 followed by the method in Example 64 Steps 5 and 6. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.59-1.63 (IH, m), 1.80-1.96 (3H, m), 2.22-2.31 (2H, m), 2.45-2.58 (2H, m), 2.97-2.99 (IH, m), 3.38 (IH, d, J 16.3), 3.85 (IH, d, J 16.3), 3.91 (IH, d, J 3.4), 7.52 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.77 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.87 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.40 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 514 (MH+).
Example 60
(±)-(25*,4i2*)-4-Allyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidine-
4-carboxyIate
Figure imgf000070_0003
a) (±)-l-tert-Butγl 4-methyl 2-[4"(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidine-l,4-dicarboxylate The compound of Example 18b (3.23g) was dissolved in DCM (75ml) and Na2CO3 solution (100ml, 2N) was added. Tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.4g) was added and the two-phase mixture was stirred overnight. The organic layer was separated, dried (brine, MgSO4) and evaporated to yield a colourless oil (3.8g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.33 (9H, s), 1.86-2.00 (2H, m), 2.20-2.34 (2H, m), 2.66-2.76 (IH, m), 3.34- 3.42 (IH, m), 3.44 (3H, s), 4.04-4.10 (IH, m), 5.06 (IH, t, J 7.0), 7.30 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.56 (2H, d, J 8.2). b) (±)-l-tørt-ButyΙ (2S*, 32?*) 4-methyl 4-allyI-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-1,4- dicarboxylate
The ester described in a) (0.9g) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (30ml) and the solution cooled to - 78°C. Lithium hexamethyldisilazide (3.5ml, IM) was added dropwise and the solution stirred for 30min at -300C. The mixture was re-cooled to -78°C and allyl bromide (0.4ml) added. This mixture was stirred overnight slowly warming to room temperature. The solution was quenched with citric acid (10ml, 2N) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-10% EtOAc in hexane to yield the desired product as the major epimer (390mg, 40%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.38 (1OH, d, J 11.9), 1.98 (IH, dd, J 6.4, 14.2), 2.12 (IH, dd, J 7.4, 13.5), 2.18 (IH, d, J 13.6), 2.40 (IH, dd, J 7.4, 13.5), 2.67 (IH, d, J 14.2), 3.03 (3H, s), 3.31-3.37 (IH, m), 4.12 (IH, t, J 12.7), 5.04 (2H, t, J 12.7), 5.39 (IH, s), 5.56-5.64 (IH, m), 7.55 (2H, d, J 8.2). c) (±)-Methyl {(2S*,3R*)-4-allyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}carboxylate The Boc-protected piperidine described in b) above (390mg) was dissolved in DCM (3ml), trifluoroacetic acid (0.6ml) added and the solution stirred for Ih. The solution was neutralized with
NaHCO3 (aq, satd.), and stirred until all effervescence had ceased. The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4) and was evaporated to give a pale yellow oil (262mg, 88%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.73 (IH, dd, J 11.9, 13.4), 1.81-1.96 (3H, m), 2.60-2.68 (2H, m), 3.01-3.07 (IH, m), 3.09-3.13 (H, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 3.91 (IH, dd, J 2.2, 11.7), 5.13 (2H, dd, J 11.3, 17.0), 5.64-5.72 (IH, m), 7.47 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.1). d) (±)-MethyI {(2S*,3R*)- 4-allyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidine-4-carboxylate
The amine described in c) above (260mg), 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (488mg), sodium iodide (25mg), potassium carbonate (327mg) in dimethylformamide (2ml) were heated at 6O0C overnight. The cooled mixture was dispersed between water and EtOAc and the organic extracts washed with sodium thiosulfate, brine, then dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 5-10% ether in hexane to yield the product as a colourless oil (430mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.82-0.89 (IH, m), 1.83 (IH, dd, J 2.3, 13.8), 1.94-2.08 (3H, m), 2.29 (IH, s), 2.32-2.38 (IH, m), 2.63 (2H, d, J 7.2), 2.74-2.78 (IH, m), 3.38 (IH, d, J 15.6), 3.61 (IH, dd, J 4.1, 10.6), 3.68 (4H, d, J 11.6), 5.14 (2H, dd, J 17.0, 20.7), 5.61-5.69 (IH, m), 7.52-7.60 (5H, m), 7.69 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.19 (lH, s). e) (±)-{(2S*,3R*)-4-AUyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4^arboxylic acid
The ester described in d) above was dissolved in a dioxane solution of HCl (20ml, 4N) and the solution was heated under reflux for Ih. The mixture was evaporated and neutralised with aqueous Na2CO3 to pH=4. This mixture was extracted with EtOAc; the organic extracts were washed with brine, dried
(MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude oil was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-50% EtOAc in hexane as eluant to give the product as a white solid (210mg, 50%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.87-1.95 (2H, m), 2.01-2.09 (2H, m), 2.50 (IH, t, J 11.7), 2.66-2.80 (3H, m), 3.49 (IH, d, J 15.4), 3.71 (IH, d, J 15.8), 3.77 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.6), 5.14 (IH, d, J 10.1), 5.24 (IH1 d, J 15.7), 5.73-5.81 (IH, m), 7.63 (4H, s), 7.72 (IH, d, J 8.1), 7.82 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.27 (IH, s).
Example 61
(±)- (2S*,3R*)-4-AUyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) plienyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000072_0001
a) (±)-tert-Butyl 4-allyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}acetate
The compound of Example 60 (160mg) was dissolved in DCM (2ml) and oxalyl chloride (0.12ml) was added followed by 1 drop DMF. Effervescence was accompanied by slow appearance of a white precipitate over 30min. The reaction was monitored by quenching an aliquot of reaction mixture in
MeOH and this was analysed by mass spectrometry. The mixture was evaporated and dried in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in acetonitrile (1.5ml) and THF (1.5ml) and cooled to 00C. Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (0.5ml, 2M in hexane) was added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solution was evaporated and re-dissolved in t-butanol (3ml) containing lOmg silver benzoate and heated under reflux for 30min. The solution was cooled and evaporated and the crude material purified by chromatography on silica using 5-10% EtOAc in hexane as eluant to give the product as a white solid (40mg, 22%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.44 (9H, s), 1.64-1.76 (3H, m), 1.81 (IH, d, J 13.8), 2.15 (2H, q, J 11.5), 2.35-2.51 (3H, m), 2.69 (IH, dd, J 3.9, 9.1), 3.38 (IH, d, J 15.4), 3.61-3.67 (2H, m), 5.15- 5.19 (2H, m), 5.79-5.87 (IH, m), 7.50 (2H, d, J 7.9), 7.56 (3H, d, J 8.4), 7.68 (IH, d, J 8.1), 8.21 (IH, s); MZZ (ES+) OlO (MH+). b) (±)- (2S*, 3R*)-4-AUyl-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid The ester described in a) above was dissolved in DCM (ImI) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.3ml) and the solution was stirred overnight. The solution was evaporated and the crude material was dissolved in DCM, the organic extract was washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude material was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-50% EtOAc in hexane as eluant to give the product as a white solid (23mg) which was crystallized from ether-hexane to give white crystals. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.63-1.73 (4H, m), 2.15 (2H, s), 2.36-2.44 (3H, m), 2.60 (IH, dd, J 3.5, 8.9), 3.35 (IH, d, J 15.7), 3.59 (IH, d, J 15.8), 3.66 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 11.3), 5.09 (2H, dd, J 17.0, 26.6), 5.77-5.85 (IH, m), 7.50 (4H, t, J 9.3), 7.59 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.70 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.16 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 554 (MH+).
Example 62
(±)-{(2i?*,45*)-l-[(lJR*or5*)-l-Phenylethyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl] piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
HO2C.
Figure imgf000073_0001
StepJL: (±)-Methyl {(22?*,45*)-l-[(li2*or5*)-l-phenylethyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000073_0002
A solution of methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate, Example 3, Step 3, (220 mg, 0.73 mmol) acetophenone (116 μl, 1 mmol) and p-toluene sulphonic acid (27 mg, 0.15 mmol) in PhMe (10 ml) was heated at reflux under Dean-Stark conditions for 60 hours. The cooled reaction was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCE (10 ml) treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (773 mg, 3.7 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with NaHCO3 solution (sat) and extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by SCX ion exchange chromatography followed by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10%EtOAc/isohexane to give the ester (4 mg, 1%) M/Z (ES+) 406 (MH+). Steβl: (±)-{(2/?*,45*)-l-[(l/?*orSr*)-l-PhenyIethyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000074_0001
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis in an analogous fashion to Example 3, Step 5. M/Z (ES+) 392 ([MH]+).
Example 63
(±)-((2i?*,45*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(l/?/S)-l-[4-(triπuoromethyl)plienyl] butyl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
HO2C.
Figure imgf000074_0002
The title compound was prepared analogously to Example 62. M/Z (ES+) 488 (MH+).
Example 64 (±)-{(15*,3JR/S,52?*)-8-(4-Isopropylbenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000074_0003
Step 1: 4-Oxo-4-r4-(trifluorometb.γl)phenvnbutanal
Figure imgf000074_0004
The title compound was prepared by a modification of the literature procedure (J.Org.Chem., 1991, 56, 1822) using 4-trifluoromethylphenyl magnesium bromide prepared from 4-trifluoromethylphenyl bromide (2.52ml) and magnesium turnings (0.526g) instead of phenylmagnesium chloride. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.98 (2H, t, J 6.2), 3.34 (2H, t, J 6.2), 7.75 (2H, d, J 8.1), 8.09 (2H, d, J 8.1), 9.91 (IH, s).
Step 2: (±)- (15*,5Jg*)-8-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-l-r4-(trifluoromethyI)phenvn-8-azabicyclor3.2.πoctan-
3-one
Figure imgf000075_0001
To a mixture of 4-methoxybenzylamine (5.42Og, 39mmol) and NaOAc.3H2O (29.324g, 215mmol) in H2O (25ml) at O0C was added 2N HCl (21.5ml) followed by acetonedicarboxylic acid (6.559g, 45mmol). The reaction was stirred until a clear light brown solution was obtained then the ketoaldehyde (Step 1, 8.267g, 36mmol) in THF (25ml) was added. The reaction was stirred for 30 mins at O0C then allowed to warm to rt before heating at 400C for 3 hrs. The reaction was allowed to cool and the pH was adjusted to 10 using NaHCO3 and 4N NaOH solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the ketone (3.837g, 27%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.59-1.66 (IH, m), 2.02-2.21 (4H, m), 2.81-2.87 (3H, m), 3.48 (IH, d, J 13.5), 3.55 (IH, d, J 13.5), 3.65 (IH, t, J 4.9), 3.81 (3H, s), 6.86-6.90 (2H, m), 7.26-7.29 (2H, m), 7.63-7.69 (4H, m). Step 3: (±)-Ethyl (2E/Z)-{(15*,5i?*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]-8- azabicydo[3.2.1]oct-3-yIidene}acetate
Figure imgf000075_0002
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 1.047g, 26mmol) was added portionwise to a stirred solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (5.1ml, 26mmol) in dry THF (20ml) at 00C under nitrogen. After 1 hr a solution of the ketone (Step 2, 2.0Og, 5.1mmol) in dry THF (40ml) was added. The reaction was heated under reflux for 16 hrs then quenched with H2O. The mixture extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5-10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the unsaturated ester (2.1Og, 89%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 460 (MH+).
Step 4: (±)-Ethyl {(lS*,3Λ/5,5jR*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo [3.2.1]oct-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000076_0001
The unsaturated ester (Step 3, 0.80Og, 1.7mmol) was taken up in ethanol (20ml) and hydrogenated at 40 psi over 10% Pd/C (lOOmg) for 48 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated, and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 2-5% 2N ammonia in MeOH/DCM) to give the amine (0.374g, 63%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 342 (MH+). Step 5: (±)-Ethyl {(15*,3Λ/S,5i?*)-8-(4-isopropylbenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]-8- azabicyc!o[3.2.1]oct-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000076_0002
A mixture of the amine from Step 4 (91mg, 0.27mmol), 4-isopropyl benzylbromide (0.114g, 0.53mmol) and K2CO3 (0.184 g, 1.33mmol) in DMF (2ml) was heated in the microwave at 15O0C for 15 mins. The reaction was diluted with H2O (10ml). The mixture extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with H2O (x2) and brine, dried (MgSO^, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% Et2O/isohexane) to give the ester (0.12Og, 95%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 474 (MH+).
Step_6: (±)-{(lS*,3/?/5,5i?*)-{8-(4-IsopropyIbenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoroinethyl) phenyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yI}acetic add
Figure imgf000076_0003
The ester from Step 5 (120mg, 0.25mmol) and LiOH (121 mg, 5.1mmol) in THF (3ml) and H2O (3ml) was stirred at rt for 16 hours. The reaction was acidified with 2N HCl then extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% EtOAc/DCM) to give the acid (0.1 Hg, 98%, mixture of isomers). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.23 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.43 (IH, d, J 14.9), 1.68 (IH, m), 1.86-1.99 (2H, m), 2.24-2.46 (5H, m), 2.56-2.62 (2H, m), 2.89 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 3.35-3.40 (IH, m), 3.55-3.80 (2H, m), 7.20-7.30 (4H, m), 7.70-7.78, (4H, m). M/Z (ES+) 446 (MH+).
Example 65 (±)-{(15*,3JR*,5JR*)-8-(4-IsopropylphenyI)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-
3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000077_0001
Ste2ii (±)- (li.*,55*)-8-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-l-[4-(triπuoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2- en-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate and (12?*,5S*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-en-3-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate
Figure imgf000077_0002
Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (l.OM in THF, 8.1ml, 8. lmmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of the ketone (Example 64 Step 2, 2.509g, 6.4mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at -78°C under nitrogen. After 3 hr a solution of N-phenyltrifluoro methanesulfonimide (2.90Og, 8. lmmol) in dry THF (10ml) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 16 hrs. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the vinyl triflate (2.858g, 85%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 522 (MH+).
Step_2: (±)-Methyl (l/?*,55*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene-3-carboxylate and (±)-methyl (l#*,5S*)-8-(4-methoxybenzyl)-5-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene"3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000078_0001
A solution of the vinyl triflate (Step 1, 2.858g, 5.5 mmol), l,l'-bis (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.182g, 0.32mmol) and triethylamine (1.53ml, llmmol) in MeOH (10ml) and dry DMF (5ml) was deoxygenated by bubbling nitrogen through the solution for 10 mins. Palladium (II) acetate (37mg, O.lβmmol) was added and carbon monoxide was bubbled through the solution for 5 mins. The reaction was stirred at rt for 16 hrs under a balloon of carbon monoxide. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated NaHCO3 solution. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with H2O then brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% Et2O/isohexane) to give the unsaturated ester (1.579 g, 67%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 432 (MH+). Step 3; (±)-Methyl (lS*,32?/S,5l?*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-azabicyclo [3.2.1]octane-3- carboxylate
Figure imgf000078_0002
The unsaturated ester (Step 2, 1.475g, 3.4mmol) was taken up in MeOH (40ml) and hydrogenated at 40psi over 10% Pd/C (150mg) for 24 hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated to give the amine (0.966 g, 90%, mixture of isomers). M/Z (ES+) 314 (MH+). Step_4: (±)-{(lS*,3JR*,52?*)-8-(4-Isopropylphenyl)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-3-carboxy!ic acid
Figure imgf000078_0003
A mixture of the amine from Step 3 (0.20Og, O.όmmol), 4-isopropyl bromobenzene (0.127g, 0.6mmol), tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0) (29mg, 0.03mmol) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N- dimethyl amino)diphenyl (50mg, 0.13mmol) in potassium t-butoxide solution (l.OM in THF, 1.28ml, 1.2mmol) was heated in the microwave at 150°C for 1 hr. The reaction was diluted with H2O and EtOAc and filtered through Hyflo®. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc, the combined extracts washed with H2O (x2), then brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5-10% Et2O/isohexane then 10% MeOH/DCM) to give a mixture of t-butyl and methyl esters and the title compound. M/Z (ES+) 474, 432 and 418 (MH+).
The t-butyl ester was stirred in trifluoroacetic acid (2ml) for 3 hrs then evaporated to give the crude acid. The methyl ester and LiOH (15mg, O.όmmol) in THF (2ml) and H2O (2ml) was stirred at 6O0C for 16 hrs. The reaction was allowed to cool to rt and then combined with the crude product obtained from the deprotection of the t-butyl ester and the acid obtained in the arylation step above. The mixture was acidified with 2N HCl, then extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 1% MeOH/DCM) to give the acid (0.105g, 39%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.12 (6H, d, J 6.9), 1.62- 1.67 (IH, m), 1.84-2.01 (3H, m), 2.25-2.32 (2H, m), 2.41-2.51 (2H, m), 2.68 (IH, septet, J 6.9), 3.09-3.15 (IH, m), 4.67-4.69 (IH, m), 6.46-6.50 (2H, m), 6.83-6.87 (2H, m), 7.58-7.64 (4H, m). M/Z (ES+) 418 (MH+).
Examples 66-71
The following examples were made using either the amine from Example 64 Step 4 or Example 65 Step 3. The amines were N-benzylated and hydrolysed with the appropriate benzyl bromide using the method in Example 64 Steps 5 and 6 or N-arylated and hydrolysed using the method in Example 65 Step 4.
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Example 72
(±)-{(2Λ*,45*)-l-{(l/?* or 5*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid S CO2H
Figure imgf000081_0001
Step 1: (±)- N-f(lE)-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]methyIene}-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide
A mixture of 2,5-bis trifluoromethyl benzaldehyde (21.5g, 51.6mmol), (±)-tert butyl sulfanamide (lό.lg, 47mmol) and anhydrous CuSO4 (16.5g, 103mmol) in DCM (94ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and at reflux for 3 days. The fine suspension was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The extracts were washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to an off white solid which was purified by chromatography (silica, 4-10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the sulfinamide as a white crystalline solid (14.8g, 91%). M/Z (ES+) 346 (MH+).
Step 2: (±)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenynbutan-l-amine
Figure imgf000081_0003
A solution of N-{(lE)-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene}-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (6.7g, 19.4mmol) in DCM (50ml) at -780C was treated with n-propyl magnesium chloride (2M in DCM, 15ml, 29mmol). The resultant mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 16 hours. NH4Cl solution (half saturated, 80 ml) was added and the solution was extracted with DCM. The extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to a yellow oil (9g). The oil was dissolved in dry MeOH (200ml) cooled to O0C and treated with HCl (4N in dioxane , 24ml, 95mmol). The solution was stirred at O0C for 90 minutes before the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was made basic (NaHCO3, saturated) and extracted with DCM. The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to a yellow oil (6.6g) which was purified by chromatography (silica, 10-150% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the amine as a pale oil (5.1 g, 94%). M/Z (ES+) 286 (MH+). Step_3: (±)-{l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}{(lE)-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]methylene}amine
Figure imgf000082_0001
A mixture of l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butan-l-amine (2.95g, 10.3mmol) and 4-trifluoromethyl benzaldehyde (1.8g, 10.3mmol) was swirled together for 30 minutes. M/Z (ES+) 442 (MH+). Step 4: (±)-(2fl*)-l-{(LR* or 5*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidin-4-one
Figure imgf000082_0002
A solution of { l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}{(lE)-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]methylene} amine (500mg, l.lmmol) and trimethyl[(l-methyleneprop-2-en-l-yl)oxy]silane (468mg, 3.3mmol) in DCM (4ml) was treated with trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (200μl, 1. lmmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. Tetrabutylammonioum fluoride (IM in THF, 5ml, 5mmol) was added and the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (x2). The extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to a pale oil (l.lg) which was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the ketone as a pale oil (200mg, 36%) plus a trace of a lower running diastereomer (4.5mg, 0.8%). M/Z (ES+) 512 (MH+). Step 5: (±)-Ethyl (2E/Z)-{(2R*)-1-{(1R* or S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene}acetate
Figure imgf000082_0003
NaH (60%, 80mg, 2.0mmol) was added portionwise to a cold (O0C) solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (397μl, 2.0mmol) in THF (10ml), under N2 and the mixture was stirred at O0C for 30 minutes before 1- { 1 -[2,5 -bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl } -2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]piperidin-4-one (200mg, 0.39mmol) was added as a solution in THF (5ml). The mixture was stirred at O0C for 30 minutes before NH4Cl solution (half saturated, 10ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 40ml). The extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to a pale mobile oil (543mg) which was purified by chromatography (silica, 2% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the olefin as clear foamy gum (205mg, 91%) M/Z (ES+) 582 (MH+).
Step 6: (±)-Ethyl {(2fl*,4S*)-l-{(l/-* or S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
EtO2C.
Figure imgf000083_0001
A solution of ethyl (2E)-{ l-{ l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromemyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ρiperidin-4-ylidene} acetate (191mg, 0.32mmol) in ethanol (10ml) was treated with Pd/C (10%, 25mg) and the mixture was hydrogenated under a balloon of hydrogen for 30 minutes. The hydrogen atmosphere was removed and the catalyst removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to a clear oil (164mg) which was purified by chromatography (silica, 25% DCM/isohexane) to give the cis piperidine as clear gum (81mg, 42%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ:
0.75 (3H, t, J 7.3), 0.82-1.10 (2H, m), 1.22 (2H, t, J 7.2), 1.26-1.42 (4H, m), 1.67-2.03 (4H, m), 2.15-2.27 (2H, m), 2.61-2.65 (IH, m), 3.03-3.07 (IH, m), 3.73 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 11.2), 4.06-4.12 (3H, m), 7.36 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.48 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.55 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.67 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.79 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 584 (MH+). Step 7: (±)-{(2R*,4S*)-l-{(lR* or 5*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000083_0002
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester using the procedure described in Example 3, Step 5 to give a white solid M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+). Example 73
(±)-{(2i?:i!,4S*)-l-{(15* or JR*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
..CO2H
Figure imgf000084_0001
Step 1; (±)-Ethyl {(22?*,4S*)-1-{(1S* or J?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000084_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 72. Carrying out Step 4 on a larger scale (4mmol) for 8 days allowed for the isolation of the lower running diastereomer which was processed through Steps 5 and 6 to give the ester. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.86 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.15- 1.25 (6H, m), 1.33-1.41 (IH, m), 1.66-1.72 (2H, m), 1.82-1.92 (3H, m), 2.12-2.22 (2H, m), 2.73 (IH, t, J 10.7), 3.34 (IH, d, J 11.2), 3.52 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 10.8), 4.05-4.13 (2H, m), 4.22 (IH, t, J 7.4), 7.16 (2H, t, J 8.1), 7.34 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.39 (IH, s), 7.48 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.66 (IH, d, J 8.2). Step 2: (±)-{(2R*,4S*)-l-{(lS* or i?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000084_0003
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester (Step 1) using the procedure described in Example 3, Step 5 to give a white solid M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+). Example 74
(±)-(2S/i?)-2-{(2R*,45*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}pentanoic acid
Figure imgf000085_0001
StepJi (±)-Metliyl (2S/i?)-2-{(22?*,45*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}pent-4-enoate
Figure imgf000085_0002
Lithium diisopropylamide (1.8M in hexanes/THF/ethylbenzene, 0.18ml, 0.32mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the methyl ester from the prep of Example 36, (cis isomer, lOOmg, 0.21mmol) in dry THF under N2 at -78°C. This mixture was stirred at O0C for 30 min, then recooled to -780C and allyl bromide (30μl, 0.35 mmol) was added. It was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 min additional lithium diisopropylamide (0.12 ml, 0.22mmol) and allyl bromide (20μl, 0.22mmol) were added following the same procedure. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then partitioned between 2M HCl (aq) and ether. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether.
The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 10% ether/isohexane to give the ester as a mixture of epimers (17mg, 14%) as an oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.96-1.24 (5H, m), 2.13-2.07 (IH, m), 2.33-2.27 (3H, m), 2.92-2.86 (IH, m), 3.37-3.29 (2H, m), 3.66-3.60 (4H, m), 5.07-4.99 (2H, m), 5.74- 5.67 (IH, m), 7.58-7.50 (5H, m), 7.72-7.66 (IH, m), 8.17 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 568 (MH+). SteEj: (±)-MethyI (25/i?)-2-{(2i?*,45*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}pentanoate
Figure imgf000086_0001
A solution of the alkene from Step 1 (17 mg, 0.03 mtnol) in ethanol (1 ml) was stirred with Pd/C (ca. 5 mol% Pd) under an atmosphere of hydrogen (ca. 100 kPa) for ca. 18 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite® filter aid and the filtrate concentrated to under vacuum to give 15 mg (88%) of the title compound as a colourless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91-0.85 (3H, m), 1.94-1.17 (9H, m), 2.10 (IH, t, J 12.4), 2.27-2.19 (IH, m), 2.91-2.85 (IH, m), 3.36-3.28 (2H, m), 3.66-3.60 (4H, m), 7.58-7.50 (5H, m), 7.67 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.18 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 570 (MH+). Step 3: (±)-(25/J?)-2-{(2lg*,45:ii)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvl)benzvIl-2-r4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}pentanoic acid
Figure imgf000086_0002
A solution of the ester from Step 2 (15 mg, 0.026 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane containing excess cone. HCl was heated to reflux for 4 h. The dioxane was removed under vacuum and the residual aqueous layer extracted with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The oily residue was purified by chromatography on silica eluting with 10-50% EtOAc/iso- hexane to give 5 mg (33%) of the title compound as a 3:2 mixture of isomers. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93-0.86 (3H, m), 1.60-1.20 (4H, m), 1.70-1.66 (IH, m), 1.83-1.80 (2H, m), 2.13-2.10 (IH, m), 2.29-2.22 (IH, m), 2.94-2.88 (IH, m), 3.38-3.31 (2H, m), 3.66-3.62 (IH, m), 4.26-4.18 (2H, m), 7.71- 7.48 (6H, m), 8.18 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+).
Example 75
(±)-l-{(2l?*,45*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}cyclopent-3-ene-l-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000087_0001
Steβl: (±)-Methyl l-{(2i?*,4S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}cyclopent-3-ene-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000087_0002
Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M in THF, 0.4ml, 0.4mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester used to prepare Example 36, (lOOmg, 0.19mmol) in dry THF (2ml) under N2 at -78°C. After 45 minutes cw-l,4-dichloro-2-butene (32μl, 0.30mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 1 hour the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl, and then partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2-5% EtOAc/isohexane to give the alkylated, but uncyclised product as a mixture of diastereomers (83mg, 71%) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 618, 616 (MH+). Potassium tert-butoxide (1.0M in THF, 0.13ml, 0.13mmol) was added to a stirred solution of this product (75mg, 0.12mmol) in dry THF (ImI) under N2 at 0°C. After 30 minutes the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl, and then partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2- 5% EtOAc/isohexane to give the title compound (28mg, 40%) as an oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.39-1.50 (3H, m), 1.62-1.66 (IH, m), 1.92-2.02 (IH, m), 2.07-2.13 (IH, m), 2.39-2.43 (2H, m), 2.86- 2.92 (3H, m), 3.29 (IH, dd, J 15.6, 1.8), 3.35 (IH, dd, J 11.0, 2.7), 3.66 (IH, d, J 15.5), 3.69 (3H, s), 5.57 (2H, s), 7.50-7.58 (5H, m), 7.67 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.16 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 580 (MH+). Step 2: (±)-l-{(2R*,45*)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethvI)pheiiyl]piperidin- 4-yl}cyclopent-3-ene-l-carboxyIic acid
Figure imgf000088_0001
A solution of LiOH (12mg, 0.5mmol) in H2O (0.5ml) was added to a stirred solution of the ester (Step 2, 28mg, 0.048mmol) in dioxane (ImI). The mixture was heated at 110 °C for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with 2N HCl, and the dioxane was removed in vacuo. The mixture was partitioned between DCM/H20. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (x3). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2-4% MeOH/DCM to give the acid (20mg). This material was further purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (1 lmg, 40%) as colourless solid. M/Z (ES+) 566 (MH+).
Example 16
(±)-l-{(2Λ*,4S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}cyclopentanecarboxylic acid
Figure imgf000088_0002
1: (±)-Metb.vl l-l2-r4-(trifluorometb.γl)phenvllpyridin-4-vl)cyclopent-3-ene-l-carhoxylate
Figure imgf000088_0003
Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0M in THF, 3.8ml, 3.8mmol) was added slowly to a stirred solution of the ester from Example 3, Step 2, (509mg, 1.7mmol) in dry THF (8ml) under N2 such that the internal temperature <-70°C. After 30 minutes cw-l,4-dichloro-2-butene (210μl, 2.0mmol) was added. The reaction was maintained at this temperature for 30 minutes, then transferred to an ice bath. After 90 minutes the reaction was removed from the cooling bath and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc/H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 8% EtOAc/isohexane to give the title compound (278mg, 47%) as an oil, which solidified on standing. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.81 (2H, d, J 15.2), 3.44 (2H, d, J 15.3), 3.70 (3H, s), 5.79 (2H, s), 7.22 (2H, d, J 4.4), 7.66 (IH, s), 7.73 (2H, d, J 8.1), 8.08 (2H, d, J 8.1), 8.63-8.67 (2H, d, J 5.1); M/Z (ES+) 348 (MH+).
SteβJ: (±)-Methyl l-{(2JR*,45*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidiii-4- yl}cyclopentanecarboxylate
Figure imgf000089_0001
A mixture of the pyridine from Step 1 (270mg, 0.77mmol) platinum (IV) oxide (30mg) and HCl solution
(4N in dioxan, 0.2ml, 0.8mmol) in MeOH (15ml) was hydrogenated at 20psi on a Parr® apparatus for 0.5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 1-2% 2M NH3 in MeOH/DCM to give the title compound (168mg, 61%) as an oil The give the desired piperidine as white solid (7.1g, quant). M/Z (ES+) 348 (MH+). The product was contaminated with a small amount of over reduced material: M/Z (ES+) 362 (MH+).
St§E^: (±)-MethyH-{(2/?*,45:i!)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}cyclopentanecarboxylate
Figure imgf000089_0002
A mixture of the amine from Step 2 (160mg, 0.45mmol), 2-(bromomethyl)-l,4- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene (165μl, 0.90mmol) and K2CO3 (0.31Og, 2.2mmol) in DMF (2ml) was heated in the microwave at 1500C for 45 mins. The reaction was partitioned between EtOAcZH2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with 2% EtOAc/isohexane to give the title compound (205mg). This material was further purified by ion exchange chromatography on a SCX cartridge, eluting with DCM followed by 2M NH3 in MeOH to give the N-benzyl piperidine (175mg, 67%) as an oil. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.42-1.67 (9H, m), 1.72- 1.76 (IH, m), 1.81-1.85 (IH, m), 2.05-2.19 (3H, m), 2.88-2.93 (IH, m), 3.27-3.36 (2H, m), 3.62 (IH, d, J 15.0), 3.68 (3H, s), 7.50-7.58 (5H, m), 7.67 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.16 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 582 (MH+). SteE_4: (±)-l-{(2/?*,45*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}cyclopentanecarboxylic acid
Figure imgf000090_0001
A solution of LiOH (70mg, 2.9mmol) in H2O (ImI) was added to a stirred solution of the ester from Step 3 (170mg, 0.29mmol) in dioxane (2ml). The mixture was heated at HO0C for 3.5 days. After cooling to room temperature the mixture was acidified with 2N HCl, and the dioxane was removed in vacuo. The mixture was partitioned between DCM/H20. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with DCM (x3). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica, eluting with DCM to recover unreacted ester, then 1-2- 4% MeOH/DCM to give the acid (63mg). This material was further purified buy reverse phase HPLC to give the title compound (26mg, 16%) as colourless solid.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.51-1.64 (8H, m), 1.67-1.70 (IH, m), 1.80-1.82 (IH, m), 1.86-1.93 (IH, m), 2.09-2.17 (3H, m), 2.94 (IH, d, J 11.7), 3.31-3.39 (2H, m), 3.64 (IH, d, J 15.6), 7.52-7.58 (5H, m), 7.68 (IH, d, J 8.3), 8.17 (IH, s) M/Z (ES+) 568 (MH+).
Example 77
(±)-((2S*,4S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyI]-2-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] ethyl}piperidin- 4yl)acetic acid / CO2H
Figure imgf000091_0001
Step 1: Methyl (2-fr4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]ethynyI}pyridin-4-yI)acetate
Figure imgf000091_0002
A mixture of methyl (2-chloropyridin-4-yl)acetate (Ig, 5.4mmol), l-ethynyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (3.6ml, 22mmol), triphenylphosphine (141mg, 0.54nimol), CuI (105mg, 0.54mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (312mg, 0.54mmol) in Et3N (5ml) and dioxane (5ml) in a sealed microwave vial was heated, under microwave irradiation at 15O0C for 15 minutes. The reaction was treated with NaHCO3 (half saturated and extracted with EtOAc (x2). The extracts were washed with brine dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to a brown gum which was purified by chromatography (silica, 25% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the acetylene (298mg, 17%). M/Z (ES+) 320 (MH+).
Siep_2: (±)-MethyI ((2S*,4R*)-2-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}piperidin-4-yl)acetate
XO2Me
Figure imgf000091_0003
A mixture of methyl (2-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethynyl}pyridin-4-yl)acetic acid (298mg, 0.9mmol) PtO2 (20mg, 0.09mmol) and HCl solution (4N in dioxane. 0.25ml, l.Ommol) in MeOH (30ml) was hydrogenated at 20psi on a Parr® apparatus for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give a gum which was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% NH3 in MeOH (2M)/DCM) to give the piperidine hydrochloride as a pale gum (190mg, 58%). M/Z (ES+) 330 (MH+). Step 3: (±)- ((2S*,4S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benz.yl]-2-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) phenyl]ethyl}piperidin-4yl)acetic add.
Figure imgf000092_0001
The title compound was prepared using the benzylation described in Example 20, Stepl and the hydrolysis described in Example 3, Step 5 to give a white solid M/Z (ES+) 542 (MH+).
Example 78 (±)-{(2Λ*,35*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-3- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000092_0002
_li (±)-Benzyl 4-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3,4-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxyIate
Figure imgf000092_0003
4-Trifluoromethyl bromobenzene (4.2ml, 30mmol) was added portionwise to magnesium turnings (0.729g, 30mmol) in dry TΗF (30ml), a couple of drops of 1,2-dibromoethane was added to initiate the reaction. The resulting brown solution was cooled to -250C. 4-Methoxypyridine (3.0ml, 30mmol) was added followed by benzyl chloroformate (4.3ml, 30mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 mins at -200C then quenched with 2N HCl. After stirring for 10 mins the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the dihydropyridine (9.3Og, 83%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.77 (IH, d, J 16.6), 3.18 (IH, dd, J 7.7, 16.6), 5.20 (IH, d, J 12.0), 5.27 (IH, d, J 12.0), 5.42 (IH, d, J 8.3), 5.77 (IH, d, J 6.3), 7.24-7.37 (7H, m), 7.54 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.00 (IH, m). Step 2: (±)-Benzyl (2U*,3S*)-3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyI)-4-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyI]-3,4- dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate
Figure imgf000093_0001
A solution of the dihydropyridine from Step 1 (3.0Og, δ.Ommol) in dry TΗF (80ml) was cooled to -780C and lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (l.OM in TΗF, 9.6ml, 9.6mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at -78°C for 1 hr, methyl bromoacetate (2.2ml, 24mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 1 hr then at 00C for 1.5 hrs. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution. The mixture extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 40% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ester (2.74g, 77%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.61-2.69 (2H, m), 3.15 (IH, dd, J 5.0, 9.8), 3.74 (3H, s), 5.18-5.28 (2H, m), 5.39 (IH, d, J 8.5), 5.70 (IH, s), 7.18-7.33 (7H, m), 7.54 (2H, d, J 8.3), 8.08 (IH, d, J 8.6). Step 3: (±)-BenzvI (2J-*,35*)-3-(2-methoxv-2-oxoethvI)-4-oxo-2-r4-(trifluoromethvl) phenyl]piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000093_0002
A solution of the enone from Step 2 (1.65Og, 3.7mmol) in dry THF (40ml) was cooled to -78°C and L- selectride® (l.OM in THF, 4.6ml, 4.6mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 mins then quenched with saturated NH4CI solution. The mixture extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 40-50% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ketone (1.473g, 89%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.24 (IH, dd, J 4.9, 16.8), 2.57-2.70 (3H, m), 3.46-3.52 (IH, m), 3.58 (3H, s), 3.80-3.89 (IH, m), 4.57 (IH, dd, J 5.2, 14.2), 4.93-4.98 (2H, m), 5.10 (IH, d, J 12.1), 7.07 (2H, s), 7.26-7.41 (5H, m), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.1). Step 4: (±)-Methyl {(65*,7i?*)-7-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]-l,4-dithia-8-azaspiro[4.5] dec-6- yl}acetate
Figure imgf000093_0003
A solution of the ketone from Step 3 (0.772g, 1.7mmol) in DCM (20ml) was cooled to 00C and 1,2- ethanedithiol (0.43ml, 5.1mmol) and BF3OEt2 (1.27ml, lOmmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at RT for 48 hrs then diluted with EtOAc. The mixture was washed with IN NaOH solution then brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the dithiane (0.42Og, 63%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 2.03-2.11 (IH, m), 2.20-2.26 (IH, m), 2.35-2.43 (IH, m), 2.73-2.83 (2H, m), 3.06-3.16 (2H, m), 3.24 (3H, s), 3.25-3.32 (4H, m), 3.50 (IH, d, J 9.9), 7.47-7.58 (4H, m).
SteE_5: (±)-Methyl {(22ϊ*,35*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000094_0001
Raney nickel (slurry in water) was added potionwise to a solution of the dithiane from Step 4 (0.418g, l.lmmol) in MeOH (20 ml). The reaction was heated under reflux for 3 hrs then allowed to cool. The reaction was filtered through Hyflo® and the solvent was evaporated. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 2% MeOHTDCM) to give the piperidine (0.168g, 52%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.21-1.26 (IH, m), 1.69-1.75 (2H, m), 1.90-2.10 (4H, m), 2.72-2.80 (IH, m), 3.16 (IH, m), 3.36 (IH, d, J 9.7), 3.50 (3H, s), 7.48 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.57 (2H, d, J 8.2). Step 6: (±)-Methyl {(2i?*,35*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000094_0002
A mixture of the amine from Step 5 (0.113g, 0.4mmol), 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzylbromide (0.23Og, 0.8mmol) and K2CO3 (0.156 g, l.lmmol) in DMF (6ml) was heated in the microwave at 1000C for 20 mins. The reaction was diluted with water (10ml). The mixture extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with water (x2) and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ester (0.17Og, 86%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.19-1.26 (IH, m), 1.69-1.74 (2H, m), 1.96-1.99 (3H, m), 2.07-2.17 (IH, m), 2.20-2.30 (IH, m), 2.84 (IH, d, J 11.5), 3.11 (IH, d, J 10.0), 3.32 (IH, dd, J 1.8, 15.5), 3.47-3.52 (IH, m), 3.52 (3H, s), 7.52-7.58 (5H, m), 7.65 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.15 (IH, s). Step 7; (±)-{(2Jg*,3S*)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyn-2-r4-(trinuoromethvI) phenyllpiperidin-
3-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000095_0001
The ester from Step 6 (0.137g, 0.26mmol) and LiOH(0.124g, 5.1mmol) in THF (3ml) and water (3ml) was heated at 600C for 16 hours. The reaction was acidified with 2N HCl then extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/DCM) to give the acid (0.122g, 92%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.26-1.40 (IH, m), 1.72-1.79 (2H, m), 1.88-2.06 (3H, m), 2.16-2.28 (2H, m), 2.85 (IH, d, J 11.4), 3.22 (IH, d, J 10.0), 3.37 (IH, d, J 15.8), 3.55 (IH, d, J 15.8), 7.60-7.66 (5H, m), 7.76 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.21 (IH, s).
Example 79 and 79a
(±)-{(25*,45!l!,6JR*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid and (±)-{(2S*,4R*,6R*)-l-[2,5-
Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000095_0002
Step 1: (±)-BenzyI (25*,6JR*)-4-oxo-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-1- carboxylate and Benzyl (2/?*,6i?*)-4-oxo-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000095_0003
Propylmagnesium chloride (2.0M in ether, 5.0ml, lOmmol) was added to copper (I) iodide (1.905g, lOmmol) in dry THF (40ml) at -780C. The reaction was stirred for 1 hr then a solution of the enone from Example 78 Step 1 (1.877g, 5mmol) in dry THF (60ml) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm to -1O0C and stirred for 1.5 hrs. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution then aqueous ammonia solution was added. After stirring for 10 mins the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the trans propyl compound (l.lόlg, 55%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 0.86 (3H, t, J 6.9), 1.19-1.35 (2H, m), 1.51-1.57 (IH, m), 1.76- 1.80 (IH, m), 2.42-2.51 (IH, m), 2.56 (IH, dt, J 6.1, 18.3), 2.78 (IH, d, J 18.0), 3.29-3.37 (IH, m), 4.44- 4.51 (IH, m), 5.03-5.16 (2H, m), 5.55 (IH, d, J 6.2), 7.22-7.32 (5H, m), 7.49 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.66 (2H, d, J 8.2).
And the cis propyl compound (0.472g, 22%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ: 0.71 (3H, t, J 6.7), 1.15- 1.46 (4H, m), 2.31 (IH, dd, J 2.1, 14.4), 2.80-2.94 (3H, m), 4.57-4.63 (IH, m), 5.00-5.10 (2H, m), 5.58 (IH, s), 7.13 (2H, brs), 7.29 (3H, brs), 7.49 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.69 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Step 2; (±)-Ethyl {(25*,45*,62?*)-2-propyl-6-[4-trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate and (±)-Ethyl {(25*,4/-*,6JR*)-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}
Figure imgf000096_0001
The title compounds were made using the procedures in Example 64 Steps 3 and 4 using the trans compound from Step 1. M/Z (ES+) 358 (MH+).
Step^: (±)-EthyI {(25*,45*,6i?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate and (±)-Ethyl {(2S*,4Z?*,6R*)-l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000096_0002
A mixture of the amine from Step 2 (0.27Og, 0.76mmol), 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzylbromide (0!928g, 3.0mmol) and K2CO3 (0.626g, 4.6mmol) in acetone (6ml) was heated under reflux for 3 days. The reaction was diluted with water and the solvent evaporated. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3), the combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5-60% Et2O/hexanes) to give the title compounds (0.269g, 61%). M/Z (ES+) 584 (MH+). gt£B^: (±)-{(25*,45*,6i?*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyI.6-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid and (±)-{(2S*,4R*,6R*)-l-[2,5-
Bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyl]-2-propyI-6-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000097_0001
The title compounds were made using the procedure in Example 78 Step 7 then separated using mass directed preparative hplc to give (±)-{(25*,45'*,6/?*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidm-4-yl} acetic acid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 0.90 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.15-1.31 (IH, m), 1.31-1.47 (IH, m), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 1.67-1.81 (4H, m), 2.26-2.34 (3H, m), 2.80 (IH, m), 3.65 (IH, d, J 16.7), 3.76 (IH, d, J 16.7), 4.13 (IH, dd, J 2.5, 11.6), 7.52 (4H, m), 7.63 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.73 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.26 (IH, s).
And (±)-{(21S'*,4i?*,6i?*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyl-6-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid. NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 0.85 (3H, t, J 7.2), 1.20- 1.60 (6H, m), 1.83-1.93 (IH, m), 1.99-2.07 (IH, m), 2.27 (3H, m), 2.87-2.93 (IH, m), 3.88 (IH, m), 4.10 (IH, d, J 16.4), 4.18 (IH, d, J 16.4), 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.71 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.81 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.87 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.51 (IH, s).
Example 80
(±)-{(2i?*,45*,62?*)-l-[2,5-Bis(triπuoromethyl)benzyl]-2-propyI-6-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic add
.CO2H
Figure imgf000097_0002
The title compound was made using the procedures in Example 64 Steps 3 and 4 and Example 78 Steps 6 and 7 using the cis compound from Example 79 Step 1. M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+).
Example 81 (±)-{(2/?*,4S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl] piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000098_0001
Step 1: Methyl {2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]pyridin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000098_0002
A solution of 4-trifluoromethyl benzylbromide (2.199g, 9.2mmol) in dry THF (10ml) was added to activated zinc (0.732g, 11.2mmol) in dry THF (4ml) at 00C. The reaction was stirred for 4 hr at O0C then the mixture was added to a solution of methyl (2-chloropyridin-4-yl)acetate (1.188g, 6.4mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) nickel (II) (0.785g, 1.2mmol) in dry THF (80ml). The reaction was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 16 hrs. The reaction was quenched with NH4Cl solution then the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 30% EtOAc/hexanes) to give the benzyl compound (1.423g, 72%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 3.58 (2H, s), 3.70 (3H, s), 4.19 (2H, s), 7.06 (IH, s), 7.08 (IH, d, J 5.1), 7.38 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.55 (2H, d, J 8.1), 8.50 (IH, d, J 5.1). Step 2: (±)-Methyl {(2i?*,45*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
^.CO2Me
Figure imgf000098_0003
The pyridine from Step 1 was reduced using the procedure in Example 3 Step 3. M/Z (ES+) 316 (MH+). SJejBJi (+)-{(22?*,4S*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) benzyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000098_0004
The title compound was made using the procedure in Example 78 Steps 6 and 7. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ: 1.16 (IH, q, J 12.1), 1.29 (IH, dq, J 3.7, 12.5), 1.58-1.68 (2H, m), 1.78-1.86 (IH, m), 2.14- 2.22 (2H, m), 2.31-2.35 (IH, m), 2.65 (IH, dd, J 8.2, 13.7), 2.74-2.84 (2H, m), 3.09 (IH, dd, J 4.8, 13.7), 3.62 (IH, d, J 16.1), 4.37 (IH, d, J 16.1), 7.36 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.52 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.69 (IH, d, J 8.1), 7.85 (IH, d, J 8.1), 8.11 (IH, s).
Examples 82-84
Examples 82 and 83 were made by the procedure in Example 65 Step 4 using the piperidine from Example 81 Step 2 and the appropriate bromobenzene. Example 84 was made in an analogous way to Example 81 using benzylzinc bromide instead of 4-trifluoromethyl benzylbromide and activated zinc.
Figure imgf000099_0001
Example 85
(±)-{(25*,4i?!!!)-l-{(12?*)-4-MethyI-l-[4-(trifluorometϊiyl)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yI}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethytyphenyljpiperidin^-ytyacetic acid
Figure imgf000100_0001
Step 1: (±)-Methyl {(2S*,42?*)-l-(l^*)-{4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l- yl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000100_0002
A mixture of the piperidine from Example 3 Step 3 (0.301g, l.Ommol), 4-trifluoromethylbenzaldehyde (0.522g, 3.0mmol), 2-methyl-l-buten-3-yne (0.28ml, 3.0mmol) and gold (HI) bromide (44mg, O.lmmol) in water (ImI) was heated in the microwave at 700C for 1 hr. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through an SCX cartridge (eluting with 2N NH3 in MeOH). The solvent was removed and the mixture was diluted with EtOAc then washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ester (0.281g, 54%). 1H NMR (360 MHzTCDCl3) δ: 1.29 (IH, dq, J 4.8, 12.2), 1.41 (IH, q, J 12.2), 1.70 (IH, m), 1.90 (IH, m), 2.02 (4H, m), 2.18-2.32 (2H, m), 2.42-2.52 (2H, m), 3.64 (3H, s), 3.71 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.3), 4.60 (IH, s), 5.32 (IH, s), 5.41 (IH, s), 7.55-7.67 (8H, m).
Sjtei^ (±)-{(25*,4iR*)-l-{(17?*)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000100_0003
The ester from Step 1 was hydrolysed using the method in Example 78 Step 7. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.29 (IH, dq, J 4.5, 12.0), 1.44 (IH, q, J 12.0), 1.72 (IH, m), 1.92 (IH, m), 2.02 (4H, m), 2.19- 2.33 (2H, m), 2.41-2.52 (2H, m), 3.67 (IH, dd, J 2.5, 11.2), 4.59 (IH, s), 5.32 (IH, s), 5.40 (IH, s), 7.55- 7.66 (8H, m). Example 86
(±)-{(2S*,42?*)-l-{(l/?*)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000101_0001
StefiJi (±)-MethyI {(25*,4i?*)-l-{(122*)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000101_0002
The unsaturated ester from Example 85 Step 1 (0.185g, 0.3mmol) was taken up in MeOH (5ml) and hydrogenated under a balloon of hydrogen over 10% Pd/C (18mg) for 16 hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ester (O.lOlg, 54%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.78-0.94 (7H, m), 1.10- 1.49 (3H, m), 1.60-1.67 (IH, m), 1.77-1.85 (3H, m), 1.86-1.96 (lH,m), 2.16-2.26 (3H, m), 2.34-2.40 (IH, m), 2.64 (IH, m), 3.45 (IH, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 3.74 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 10.9), 7.36 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.51-7.64 (6H, m). Step 2: (±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-{(12?*)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000101_0003
The ester from Step 1 was hydrolysed using the method in Example 78 Step 7. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.57-0.74 (IH, m), 0.75-1.04 (7H, m), 1.15-1.49 (3H, m), 1.66-1.93 (5H, m), 2.17-2.42 (3H, m), 2.65-2.68 (IH, m), 3.45 (IH, m), 3.73 (IH, d, J 10.6), 7.35 (2H, d, J 7.6), 7.53-7.65 (6H, m). Example 87
(±)-{(22-*,45*)-l-{(li?:1: or l5!l:)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000102_0001
The title compound was prepared in the same way as Example 85 using the piperidine from Example 81 Step 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.01-1.19 (2H, m), 1.53-1.73 (3H, m), 2.02 (3H, s), 2.11 (2H, dd, J 2.2, 7.2), 2.25-2.39 (2H, m), 2.70 (IH, dd, J 8.6, 13.3), 2.85-2.89 (IH, m), 3.44 (IH, dd, J 4.0, 13.4), 5.36 (IH, m), 5.41 (IH, s), 5.59 (IH, s), 7.46 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.60 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.67 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.80 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Example 88
(±)-{(2S*,4/?*)-2-[2,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]-l-{[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl}piperidin-4-yI)acetic acid
Figure imgf000102_0002
The title compound was prepared via Example 11, Steps 1 - 3, substituting [[2,4- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid for (4-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) boronic acid, followed by the procedure of Example 20, substituting 2-(bromomethyl)-l,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene for benzyl bromide. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.50 (2H, d, J 11.5), 1.85 (IH, d, J 13.1), 1.97 (2H, d, J 12.3), 2.22-2.34 (2H, m), 2.97 (IH, s), 3.29-3.35 (IH, m), 3.48-3.52 (2H, m), 3.91 (IH, s), 7.71 (IH, d, J 7.4), 7.81 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.92 (2H, d, J 12.2), 8.20 (2H, d, J 8.1); M/Z (ES+) 582 (MH+).
Example 89
(±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-[2,5-bis(triJauoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[2-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000103_0001
SteE_l: (±)-Methyl {(2S*,4JR*)-2-[2-fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000103_0002
The piperidine was prepared in an analogous manner to Example 11, Steps 2 and 3, substituting [2- fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid for (4-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) boronic acid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.19 (IH, m), 1.28 (IH, qd, J 12.5, 4.2), 1.76-1.81 (IH, m), 1.89-1.93 (IH, m), 2.04-2.15 (IH, m), 2.25-2.35 (2H, m), 2.87 (IH, td, J 12.0, 2.6), 3.21-3.26 (IH, m), 3.67 (3H, s), 4.05 (lH,dd, J 11.1, 2.0), 7.28 (IH, d, J 9.2), 7.39 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.65 (IH, t, J 7.5); M/Z (ES+) 320 (MH+). Step 2; (±)-{(25*,4Jg*)-l-r2,5-bis(trifluoromethvI)benzvπ-2-r2-fluoro-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000103_0003
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as described in Example 20, substituting 2- (bromomethyl)-l,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene for benzyl bromide. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ:1.35 (2H, m), 1.73-1.78 (IH, m), 1.89-1.94 (IH, m), 2.00-2.10 (IH, m), 2.19 (IH, br t, J 12.5), 2.26-2.30 (2H, m), 2.87-2.92 (IH, m), 3.39 (IH, br d, J 15.7), 3.62-3.68 (4H, m), 3.83 (IH, dd, J 11.1, 2.6), 7.29 (IH, d, J 10.0), 7.36 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.56 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.68 (2H, t, J 7.0), 8.19 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 546 (MH+).
Example 90
(±)-((25*,42?*)-2-[2-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(15:|i)-4-inethyl-l-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000104_0001
The title compound was prepared as described in Example 85, using the piperidine from Example 89, Step 1 in place of that from Example 3, Step 3 (free base). IH NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.25-1.45 (2H, m), 1.72-1.76 (IH, m), 1.91-2.03 (5H, m), 2.22-2.28 (2H, m), 2.47-2.52 (2H, m), 4.15-4.25 (IH, brm), 4.69 (IH, s), 5.35 (IH, s), 5.41 (IH, s), 7.48 (IH, d, J 10), 7.58 (IH, d, J 7.8), 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.75 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.92-8.02 (IH, brs); MZZ (ES+) 528 (MH+).
Example 91 (±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-[(4-Iodophenyl)methyl]-2-[4(trifluorometliyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000104_0002
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as described in Example 20, substituting 4-iodo- benzyl bromide for benzyl bromide. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CD3OD): 7.77-7.87(6H, m), 7.08 (2H, d, J 8.1), 4.52 (IH, d, J 12), 4.05-4.12 (IH, m), 3.94 (IH, d, J 13), 3.45-3.52 (IH, m), 3.19 (IH, t, J 12 ), 2.25-2.36 (3H, m), 2.07-2.21 (2H, m), 1.89-2.00 (IH, m), 1.66-1.76 (IH, m).
Example 92
(±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-[(2-Azido-4-iodophenyl)methyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000104_0003
_1: 2-Azido-4-iodo-l-methylbenzene
Figure imgf000105_0001
A cold (O0C) suspension of 5-iodo-2-methylaniline (7.Og, 0.03M) in HCl (5M, 30ml) was treated dropwise with a solution of sodium nitrite (2.28g, 0.033mmol) in water (3ml) over 20 minutes. The solution was stirred for 20 minutes before sodium azide was added portionwise over 15 minutes. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes then poured into water. The mixture was diluted with DCM and the pH adjusted to 7 by the addition of Na2COa. The phases were separated and the organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under vacuum. . The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% Et2O/hexanes followed by 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give the azide (5.1g, 64%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.14 (3H, s), 6.88 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.35 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.39 (IH, d, J 1.3). Step 2: 2-Azido-l-(bromomethyl)-4-iodobenzene
Figure imgf000105_0002
A mixture of the azide from stepl (9.1g, 0.035M), N-Bromosuccinimide (6.8g, 0.039M) and l,lazobis(cyclohexancarbonitrile) (0.85g, 3.5mmol) in benzene (40ml) was heated at reflux overnight. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue was diluted EtOAc (100ml) and washed with water (50ml) and brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated under vacuum. . The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, hexanes) to give the azide as a white solid (8g, 67%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.30 (2H, s), 6.98 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.35 (2H, t, J 7.0). Step 3: (±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-[(2-azido-4-iodophenyl)methyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] piperidin- 4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000105_0003
The title compound was prepared in the same manner as described in Example 20, substituting 2-azido-l-
(bromomethyl)-4-iodobenzene for benzyl bromide. IH NMR δ (ppm)(CD3OD): 1.22-1.42 (2 H, m), 1.77 (1 H, m), 1.85 (1 H, m), 1.93-2.01 (1 H, m), 2.16-2.26 (3 H, m), 2.95-2.99 (1 H, m), 3.06 (1 H, d, J = 14.3 Hz), 3.36-3.40 (2 H, m), 7.19 (1 H, d, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.40 (1 H, d, J = 1.6 Hz), 7.47 (1 H, dd, J = 1.6, 8.1 Hz), 7.60 (4 H, s).
Example 93
(±)-{(22?*,4S*)-l-{2(i?:!:/5*)-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyI}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000106_0001
gtep 1: (±)-Methyl 2-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentanoate
Figure imgf000106_0002
Potassium f-butoxide (7.7ml, IM in THF, 7.7mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] acetate (2g, 7mmol) in THF at 00C. The resulting yellow solution was stirred for 40min. ra-Propyl iodide (1.7g, 10.5mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for Ih. The mixture was poured onto HCl (2M) and extracted into EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with Na2S2O3 solution, brine, then dried (MgSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow oil (2g, 879SO-1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.92 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.23-1.29 (IH, m), 1.35-1.43 (IH, m), 1.67-1.81 (IH, m), 2.05-2.17 (IH, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 4.10 (IH, t, J 7.5), 7.62 (IH, s, J 8.2), 7.78 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.90 (IH, s).
Step_2: (±)-2-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentan-l-ol DiBAL (7.62ml, IM in DCM, 7.62mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 2-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentanoate (Ig, 3.05mmol) in THF at -300C. The mixture was stirred for 45min. Sodium potassium tartrate (100ml, satd. aq. solution) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30min then extracted into EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a colourless oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using hexane/EtOAc (9:1) as eluant to afford the product as an oil (710mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.89 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.10-1.20 (IH, m), 1.28-1.36 (IH, m), 1.60- 1.68 (IH, m), 1.80-1.87 (IH, m), 3.33-3.39 (IH, m), 3.79 (2H, t, J 5.5), 7.59 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.74 (IH, s),
7.79 (IH, d, J 8.2).
Step 3: (±)-Methyl {(2/?*,45*)-l-{2(/?*/5*)-[-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Triflic anhydride (147uL, 0.87mmol) was added to a solution of the product of Step 2 (200mg, 0.67mmol) and triethylamine (12IuL, 0.87mmol) in DCM (2.6ml) at -1O0C. The mixture was stirred for 30min then washed with ice-cold HCl (IM), brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. This material was dissolved in DCM (2ml) and the resulting solution was added to a solution of the compound of Example 3, step 3 (240mg, 0.8mmol) in DCM (2ml). This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h and at 400C for 6h. The mixture was cooled and water (2m) was added. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using hexane/EtOAc (9: 1) as eluant to afford the product as a mixture of diastereomers (200mg): 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.77-0.83 (6H, m), 0.90- 0.94 (2H, m), 0.98-1.12 (3H, m), 1.19-1.42 (8H, m), 1.70-1.80 (3H, m), 1.88-2.12 (7H, m), 2.16-2.30 (4H, m), 2.40 (IH, dd, J 10.2, 12.5), 2.64 (IH, t, J 11.9), 3.03-3.11 (2H, m), 3.20 (IH, d, J 11.7), 3.32 (3H, dd, J 11.9, 20.3), 3.63 (6H, d, J 16.1), 6.94 (2H, d, J 7.4), 7.07 (IH, s), 7.18 (IH, s), 7.34 (2H, d, J 7.9), 7.41 (2H, d, J 7.5), 7.48 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.53-7.59 (3H, m), 7.70 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.78 (IH, d, J 8.2). MS (ES+) m/z 584 (100%).
Step 4; (±)-{(2Jg*,45*)-l-(2(Jg*/5*)-r-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenvIlpentvU-2-r4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic add
The ester described in Step 3 above (203mg, 0.0348mmol) was stirred with LiOH (146mg, 3.48mmol) in THF (ImI) and water (ImI) for 36h. The mixture was neutralized with HCl (2M aq.) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a white solid (156mg): MS (ES+) m/z 570 (100%).
Examples 94 and 95
Examples 94 and 95 were made by the procedures in Examples 85 and 86 using the piperidine from Example 78 Step 5 and the appropriate benzaldehyde.
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Example 96
(±)-2-{(2/f*,35*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-3- yl}pentanoic acid
Figure imgf000108_0002
StepJU (±)-MethyI 2-{(2/?*,35*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}pentanoate
Figure imgf000108_0003
n-BuLi (1.6M in hexanes, 0.22ml, 0.35mmol) was added to a solution of diisopropylamine (0.05ml, 0.35mmol) in dry THF (2ml) at O0C. The reaction was stirred for 30 mins then a solution of the ester from Example 78 Step 6 (0.153g, 0.29mmol) in dry THF (4ml) was added. After 1 hr propyl iodide ( 0.03ml, 0.35mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 hrs then quenched with water and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (x3). The combined extracts were washed with sodium thiosulfate solution, then brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5% Et2O/hexanes) to give the ester (0. lOlg, 61%). M/Z (ES+) 570 (MH+). Step 2: (±)-2-{(2R*,3S*)-l-{(lR* or 15*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}pentanoic add
Figure imgf000109_0001
A solution of the ester from Step 1 (O.O98g, 0.17mmol) and LiOH (0.082g, 3.4mmol) in THF (3ml) and water (3ml) was heated at 6O0C for 16 hrs. Then dioxane (3ml) was added and the reaction was heated at 1000C for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH6 with 2N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 1-2% MeOHTDCM) to give the acid (0.07Og, 74%). IHNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.84 (3H, t, J 7.2), 0.86-0.97 (IH, m), 1.21-1.47 (3H, m), 1.61-1.83 (5H, m), 2.17 (IH, dt, J 3.0, 11.7), 2.28-2.34 (IH, m), 2.83 (IH, d, J 11.6), 3.37-3.57 (3H, m), 7.65 (5H, m), 7.75 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.19 (IH, s).
Example 97
(±)-{(22?*,3S*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-3- yl}carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000109_0002
Step 1: Ethyl-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyridin-3-yl carboxylate
Figure imgf000109_0003
A mixture of ethyl-2-chloronicotinate (9.3g, 50mmol), 4-trifluoromethylphenyl boronic acid (12.4g, 65mmol), and tripotassium phosphate (14.8g, 70mmol) in toluene (200ml) was degassed with the aid of a Firestone valve. [l,l'-Bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene]palladium(II) chloride dichloromethane complex (0.82g, lmmol) was added, the mixture degassed once again then stirred under nitrogen at reflux for 23h. On cooling, water (100ml) was added and the resulting emulsion filtered, the organic layer dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to leave the crude product as a brown oil (13.9g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.07 (3H, t, J 7.1), 4.17 (2H, q, J 7.1), 7.41 (IH, dd, J 4.9, 7.9), 7.63-7.73 (4H, m), 8.19 (IH, dd, J 1.7, 7.8), 8.80 (IH, dd, J 1.8, 4.8). SteβJ: (±)-{(22?*,35*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl} carboxylate
Figure imgf000110_0001
The ester from Step 1 (5.Og, ca 17mmol), HCl in dioxan (4M; 5ml), and palladium hydroxide on carbon (20%; 0.32g) were shaken for 2Oh in ethanol (90ml) under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 50psi. The suspension was filtered, platinum oxide (0.29g) added, and hydrogenation at 50psi resumed for 5h, after which the suspension was filtered and the filtrate evaporated. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (90ml) and NaHCO3 (satd.; 75ml), the organic layer washed with water (50ml), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to leave a yellow oil (4.69g) which consisted of an approximately 3: 1 mixture of the desired product with fully saturated material. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.97 (3H, t, J 7.2), 1.67- 1.87 (3H, m), 2.18-2.22 (IH, m), 2.77-2.83 (IH, m), 2.98-3.00 (IH, m), 3.33-3.37 (IH, m), 3.84-4.00 (3H, m), 7.44 (2H, d, J 8.4), 7.56 (2H, d, J 8.3); M/Z (ES+) 302 (MH+). Step 3; (±)-Ethyl {(22?*,35*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl}carboxylate
Figure imgf000110_0002
Potassium carbonate (0.55g, 4mmol) was added to a solution of the preceding crude ester (1.Og, ca 3.25mmol) and 2, 5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (0.6ml, 3.25mmol) in dry DMF (15ml) and the mixture stirred overnight. The resulting suspension was partitioned between water (35ml) and EtOAc (3xl5ml), the combined organic layers washed with water (20ml) and brine (20ml), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10% EtOAc in hexanes) to provide the title compound as a gum (l.Olg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): S 1.01 (3H, t, J 7.2), 1.55-1.64 (IH, m), 1.81-1.89 (IH, m), 2.06-2.30 (3H, m), 2.92-3.02 (2H, m), 3.47 (IH, d, J 16.0), 3.73 (IH, d, J 16.0), 3.82-3.96 (3H, m), 7.48 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.55 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.61 (IH, d, J 8.2) 7.72 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.36 (IH, s).
SteβJ[: (±)-{(22?*,35*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidm-3- yl}carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000111_0001
A solution of the ester from the preceding step (215mg, 0.41mmol) in MeOH (9ml) and aqueous NaOH (IM, ImI) was stirred for 24h. More NaOH (4M, 0.25ml) was added and the mixture stirred overnight at reflux. On cooling, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous residue acidified with citric acid (10%). The resulting suspension was extracted with EtOAc (2xl0ml), the combined extracts dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography (silica, 15% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the crude product as a white foam (167mg). This was subjected to preparative, reverse phase HPLC. Column C Coolluummnn % Modifier Solvent Mobile Flow Detection Dimensions Phase
Supelcosil (100x21.2) 60-40% MeCN 0.1% aq. 15ml/ UV ABZ+PLUS mm TFA min 230nm
The title compound was obtained as the TFA salt, 40mg, (20%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.73- 1.75 (IH, m), 1.96-2.03 (2H, m), 2.11-2.19 (2H, m), 2.56-2.65 (IH, m), 3.09 (2H, d, J 4.6), 3.75 (IH, d, J 15.6), 3.93 (IH, d, J 15.4), 4.27 (IH, s), 7.65 (4H, q, J 8.5), 7.80 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.89 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.34 (IH, s), M/Z (ESO 498 (Mff).
Example 98
(±)-{(22?*,3JR*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-2-[4-(trifiuoromethyl) phenyI]piperidin-3- yl}carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000111_0002
Further elution in the preparative, reverse phase, HPLC purification described in the preceding example provided the alternative diastereoisomer, 58mg (28%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.67-1.79 (3H, m), 2.13 (IH, d, J 12.4), 2.25 (IH, t, J 11.0), 2.77-2.83 (IH, m), 2.88 (IH, d, J 11.9), 3.42 (IH, d, J 15.7), 3.61 (IH, d, J 15.7), 3.64 (IH, d, J 10.9), 7.58 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.68 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.78 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.18 (IH, s), M/Z (ES") 498 (MH).
Example 99
(±)-{(2S*,4i?*)-l-{(122*or 5*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000112_0001
Step 1: (±)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethanamϊne Methyl magnesium chloride (1.4M in PhMe/THF [3:1], 15ml, 21mmol) was added to a stirred solution of (±)-N-{ ( l£)-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene } -2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (Example 72 Step 1, 4.75g, 13.8 mmol) in dry DCM (32ml) at O0C under N2. After 90min the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and then diluted with DCM and H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (x2). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give the sulfinamide (5.4g) as a waxy solid.
Hydrogen chloride (4N in dioxane, 17ml, 68mmol) was added to a stirred solution of the sulphinamide from above (~13.8mmol) in dry MeOH (140ml) under N2 such that the internal temperature <5°C. After 90min in an ice bath the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (x2). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on a SCX cartridge, eluting with DCM then 2M NH3 in MeOH to give the amine (2.7g) as a pale yellow liquid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.40 (3H, d, J 6.5), 4.65 (IH, q, J 6.4), 7.59 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.73 (IH, d, J 8.2), 8.13 (IH, s). Step_2: (±)-EthyI (2E/Z)-{(2S*)-l-{(12-*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yIidene}acetate and (±)-Etkyl (2£:/Z)-{(2S*)-l-{(lS*)-l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethyl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ]piperidin-4-ylidene}acetate
Figure imgf000113_0001
Prepared by the procedure of Example 72 Steps 3,4 and 5 using the amine from Step 1, and purified by chromatography (silica, 2-8% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the alkenes (0.93g, mixture of isomers) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 554 (MH+).
Ste^3: (±)-EthyI {(2S*,42?*)-l-{(li?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trinuoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate and (±)-Ethyl {(2S*,4i2*)-l-{(lS*)-l-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000113_0002
A solution of the alkene (Step 2, 930mg, 1.68mmol) in EtOH (10ml) was hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (90mg) under a balloon of H2 for 2.5hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration - washing with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 2-8% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the ester (642mg, cis across piperidine - mixture of diastereomers) as an oil. This material was further purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give:
Diastereomer A: 1st eluting - 442mg, oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.23 (3H, t, J 7.1), 1.28 (3H, d, J 6.7), 1.38 (2H, q, J 12.0), 1.76 (IH, d, J 12.9), 1.83 (IH1 d, J 12.3), 1.95-2.05 (IH, m), 2.17-2.27 (2H, m), 2.51 (IH, t, J 11.7), 2.99 (IH, brd, J 11), 3.53 (IH, d, J 10.9), 4.08-4.15 (3H, m), 7.28-7.30 (2H, m), 7.37 (2H, d, J 7.6), 7.49 (IH, d, J 8.1), 7.56 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.92 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+). Diastereomer B: 2nd eluting - 65mg, oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.12 (3H, d, J 5.0), 1.20-1.40 (4H, m), 1.70-1.75 (2H, m), 1.85-1.93 (IH, m), 2.13-2.23 (2H, m), 2.53 (IH, t, J 12.0), 3.05 (IH, d, J 9.2), 3.57 (IH, d, J 11), 4.06-4.13 (2H, m), 4.16-4.21 (IH, m), 7.25-7.35 (4H, m), 7.45 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.50 (IH, s), 7.66 (IH, d, J 7.7); M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+).
Step 6: (±U(2S*AR*)-U (lR*or S*)-U2.5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyIlethvU-2-r4- (trifluoromethyOphenylJpiperidin^-y^acetic acid
Figure imgf000114_0001
A solution of LiOH (92mg, 0.77 mmol) in water (ImI) was added to a stirred solution of the ester (Step 5, Diastereomer A, 428mg, 0.77 mmol) in THF (2ml) at RT. The reaction was stirred and heated at 6O0C for 16hrs. After cooling to RT the reaction was quenched with 2N HCl (ImI). The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give the acid (397mg) as a pale yellow solid. M/Z (ES+) 528 (MH+).
Example 100 (±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-{(15:1:orJR*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyI}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000114_0002
The title compound was prepared as described in Example 99 Step 6, but using Diastereomer B from Example 99 Step 5. The final product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give the acid (30mg) as a colourless solid. M/Z (ES+) 528 (MH+).
Examples lOland 102
These compounds were prepared according to the general procedures described in Examples 99 and 100 but starting with 4-tøτt-butyl benzaldehyde and replacing MeMgCl with 11PrMgCl. The cycloaddition gave -1:1 mixture of diastereomers, which were separated at the piperidone stage (silica, 4-8% EtOAc/isohexane) and carried through the subsequent steps separately.
Figure imgf000114_0003
Figure imgf000115_0001
Example 103
(±)-{(2S*,4S*)-l-{(l)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000115_0002
Step 1: (±)-EthyΙ {(2S* ,4S*)-l-{(lR*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000115_0003
The compound was prepared from the lower running diastereoisomeric piperidone described in Example 72 step 4 and used to prepare Example 73. The ketone was reacted as in Example 72 step 5 and during the hydrogenation, analogous to Example 72 step 6 the trans diastereoisomer of the ester was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.78-0.86 (3H, m), 0.96-1.12 (IH, m), 1.26 (5H, t, J 7.1), 1.37-1.43 (IH, m), 1.68-1.72 (2H, m), 1.80-1.88 (IH, m), 2.00-2.06 (IH, m). 2.19-2.29 (2H, m), 2.35 (IH, s), 2.45 (IH, d, J 14.2), 2.65-2.73 (IH, m), 4.10-4.18 (2H, m), 4.39 (IH, s), 4.57 (IH, t, J 5.4), 7.14-7.18 (IH, m), 7.23 (IH, s), 7.60-7.68 (4H, m), 7.76 (IH, d, J 8.3), 8.20 (IH, s). SteD_2i (±)-{(2S*,4S*)-l-{(lR*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
The title compound was obtained by hydrolysis of the ester in a manner analogous to Example 72 step 7 to give a white solid, after trituration with ether, 30 mg. M/Z (ES+) 556 (MH+).
Example 104
(±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(lR*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000116_0001
Step 1: (±)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvI)phenvll-4-methvlpentan-l-amine
Figure imgf000116_0002
Prepared in analogously to Example 72 step 2 using N-{(lE)-[2,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene}-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (Example 72 step 1) and treating with freshly prepared 3-methylbutyl magnesium bromide. Step 2: (±)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethvnphenvll-4-methyl-N-f(lE)-r4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylidene}pentan-l-amine
Figure imgf000117_0001
Prepared in a similarly to Example 72 step 3.
SteE_3: (±)-l-{l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-one
Figure imgf000117_0002
The intermediate was prepared analogously to Example 72 step 4. The reaction gave an approximately 2: 1 ratio of diastereoisomers which were separated by column chromatography on silica eluting with 5- 10% EtOAc/isoHexane followed by 5% EtOAc/cyclohexane.
The higher diastereoisomer 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.21 (IH, s), 7.80 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.65 (IH, d, J 7.9), 7.49 (2H, t, J 10.9), 7.30 (2H, d, J 8.2), 4.53 (IH, s), 4.13 (IH, s), 3.32 (IH, s), 3.04-2.94 (2H, m), 2.74 (IH, d, J 15.2), 2.62-2.54 (IH, m), 2.28 (IH, d, J 15.0), 2.05 (IH, t, J 12.8), 1.82-1.74 (IH, m), 1.43 (IH, t, J 3.2), 1.16-1.08 (IH, m), 0.83-0.75 (7H, m). Lower diastereoisomer 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.99 (IH, s), 7.80 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.65-7.55 (3H, m), 7.47 (2H, t, J 12.0), 4.62 (IH, d, J 4.6), 4.46 (IH, t, J 6.4), 3.08-2.88 (3H, m), 2.69-2.55 (2H, m), 2.33-2.27 (IH, m), 1.94-1.86 (IH, m), 1.77-1.69 (IH, m), 1.46-1.36 (2H, m), 1.22-1.10 (IH, m), 0.96- 0.88 (IH, m), 0.86-0.78 (5H, m). Step 4: (±)-{(2S*,4S*)-l-{(lR*)-l-r2,5-Bis(trifluoromethγI)phenyI]-4-methyIpentvl}-2-r4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000118_0001
The compound was prepared from the lower running diastereoisomer from step 3, homologating using the procedure from Example 75 step 5, reducing using Example 75 step 6 and hydrolysing analogously to Example 72 step 7 to furnish a white foam. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.79 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.60 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.38 (3H, t, J 9.5), 7.25 (2H, d, J 8.2), 4.19 (IH, dd, J 6.2, 8.9), 3.60 (IH, d, J 8.4), 2.76 (IH, t, J 10.7), 2.21-2.13 (2H, m), 2.02-1.94 (IH, m), 1.88-1.66 (4H, m), 1.50-1.35 (2H, m), 1.23 (IH, t, J 5.7), 1.18-0.90 (3H, m), 0.83 (6H, dd, J 2.7, 6.6).
Example 105
(±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(lS*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyI}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000118_0002
Step_li (±)-Ethyl (E/Z)-{l-{l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene}ethanoate
Figure imgf000118_0003
The compound was prepared as a mixture of E and Z isomers, analogously to Example 99 step 4 using the higher running diastereoisomer from Example 104 step 3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.17 (IH, s), 7.97 (IH, d, J 12.6), 7.77-7.71 (2H, m), 7.60-7.48 (8H, m), 7.35 (2H, t, J 12.0), 5.69 (2H, d, J 16.5), 4.51 (IH, s), 4.35 (IH, t, J 6.5), 4.18-4.10 (4H, m), 3.90-3.84 (3H, m), 3.15-3.07 (2H, m), 3.05-2.77 (6H, m), 2.52-2.44 (2H, m), 2.12-1.92 (3H, m), 1.76-1.70 (2H, m), 1.43-1.39 (2H, m), 1.29-1.25 (7H, m), 1.11- 0.97 (2H, m), 0.82-0.74 (13H, m).
Ste£2i (±)-EthyI {(2S*,4R*)-l-{l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000119_0001
A solution of the alkene (Step 1, 477mg, 0.78mmol) in EtOH (20ml) was hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (40mg) under a balloon of H2 for 1.25hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration - washing with EtOH. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 50% PhMe/isohexane) to give the ester (264 mg, 55%, cis across piperdine as an oil). Also obtained was the lower running trans isomer (72mg, 15%). Ste^3: (±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(lS*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methyIpentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
The title compound was obtained by hydrolysis of the higher running cis isomer from step 2 using the same method as Example 99 step 6 to give a white solid. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD): δ 8.17 (IH, s), 7.97-7.89 (2H, m), 7.75 (2H, d, J 7.7), 7.66 (2H, d, J 8.0), 4.59 (IH, s), 4.28 (IH, d, J 7.3), 3.49 (IH, s), 2.31 (3H, d, J 6.2), 2.21 (2H, s), 2.07 (2H, s), 1.85 (IH, s), 1.58-1.48 (2H, m), 0.87-0.79 (8H, m), 0.61 (IH, s).
Example 106
(±)-{(2S*, 4S*)-l-{(lS*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpentyl}-2- 4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000120_0001
The title compound was obtained by hydrolysis of the lower running trans isomer from Example 105 step 2 using the same method as Example 99 step 6 to give a clear gum. M/Z (ES+) 584 (MH+).
Example 107
(±)-((2S*,4i?*)-2-[4-(TrifluoromethyI)phenyl]-l-{(l/?*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]prop-2-yn-l- yI}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000120_0002
The title compound was made by the procedure in Example 85 using trimethylsilylacetylene instead of 2- methyl-l-buten-3-yne. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.24-1.34 (IH, m), 1.47 (IH, q, J 12.1), 1.74 (IH, m), 1.88-1.96 (2H, m), 2.23 (2H, d, J 7.1), 2.43-2.53 (2H, m), 3.12 (IH, d, J 2.3), 3.74 (IH, dd, J 2.4, 5.5), 4.50 (IH, s), 7.61-7.76 (8H, m).
Example 108 (±)-((25*,42?*)-2-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(li?*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]propyl}piperidin-4-yI)acetic acid
Figure imgf000120_0003
The acetylene from Example 107 (0.539g, l.lmmol) was taken up in EtOAc (30ml) and hydrogenated under a balloon of hydrogen over 10% Pd/C (120mg) for 16 hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5-10% MeOH/DCM) to give the acid (0.042g, 8%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.61 (3H, t, J 7.3), 0.83- 0.93 (IH, m), 1.11-1.19 (IH, m), 1.42 (IH, q, J 12.0), 1.71 (IH, d, J 12.7), 1.85 (IH, dd, J 1.2, 12.9), 1.90-1.97 (2H, m), 2.14-2.22 (2H, m), 2.47 (IH, dt, J 1.8, 11.8), 2.74 (IH, m), 3.41-3.47 (IH, m), 3.85 (IH, dd, J 2.2, 10.9), 7.47 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.60 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.69 (4H, m).
Example 109
{(25,42?)-l-{(15)-4-MethyI-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyI}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000121_0001
Dimethyl aIIyl{2-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}malonate
Figure imgf000121_0002
Dimethyl allylmalonate (25g, 0.145mol) was dissolved in DMF (200ml) and sodium hydride (4.17g) was added portionwise. When all effervescence ceased (4-trifluoromethyl)phenacyl bromide (42g, l.lmol) was added portionwise and the mixture was stirred overnight. Water (1500ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using hexane/EtOAc (9: 1 to 1: 1) as eluant to afford the product (2Ig)-1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.88 (2H, d, J 7.5), 3.68 (2H, s), 3.77 (6H, s), 5.00-5.08 (2H, m), 5.62-5.70 (IH, m), 7.73 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.06 (2H, d, J 8.1).
Step_2: Dimethyl (2-oxoethyl){2-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]ethyI}malonate
Figure imgf000121_0003
Dimethyl allyl{2-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}malonate (2Og, 0.055mol) was dissolved in
DCM (180ml) and the solution was cooled to -78°C. Oxygen, containing ozone, was bubbled through the solution until a blue coloration persisted. The mixture was then purged with nitrogen for lOmin then dimethyl sulfide (20ml, 0.275mol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.
Water (500ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as an oil. This was purified by chromatography on silica using hexane/EtOAc (9: 1 to 1: 1) as eluant to afford the product
(4g). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.46 (2H, s), 3.77 (7H, s), 3.93 (2H, s), 7.74 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.06 (2H, d, J 8.1), 9.73 (IH, s).
SteE_3: Dimethyl (22?)-l-{(lS)-4-methyI-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxylate and
Dimethyl (25)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(triHuoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxyIate
Figure imgf000122_0001
Dimethyl (2-oxoethyl){2-oxo-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}malonate (4g, 0.01 lmol), (S)-4-methyl- l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentan-l-amine (T1657PV, Intermediate 8, αD [c=l, CHCl3] -9°, 2.8g, 0.01 lmol) and triethylamine (9ml, 6mmol) were dissolved in DME (50ml) and the solution was cooled to -780C. Titanium tetrachloride (2.4ml, 2mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was then allowed to stir for lOmin before coming to room temperature. Sodium cyanoborohydride (4g, 6mmol) in MeOH (20ml) was added to the mixture which was stirred for Ih. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dispersed between EtOAc and sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO^ and concentrated in vacuo to give the product, a mixture of 2 diastereomers, as a gelatinous material. This was purified by medium pressure chromatography on silica using toluene as eluant to afford the products: dimethyl (2/?)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxylate isomer a (2g) and dimethyl (2S)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxylate isomer b (0.7g). Signals for isomer a are as follows:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.60-0.68 (IH, m), 0.82 (6H, dd, J 6.6, 9.6), 0.88-0.98 (IH, m), 1.38-1.42 (IH, m), 1.68-1.80 (2H, m), 1.86-1.96 (2H, m), 2.23-2.45 (3H, m), 2.58-2.62 (IH, m), 3.44-3.48 (IH, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.91 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.3), 7.35 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.53-7.67 (6H, m). MS (ES+) m/z 574 (100%).
Signals for isomer b are as follows:
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.82-0.86 (6H, m), 0.89-1.01 (IH, m), 1.23-1.31 (IH, m), 1.40-1.50 (IH, m), 1.62-1.70 (IH, m), 1.77 (IH, dd, J 11.4, 13.5), 1.85-1.93 (2H, m), 2.04-2.16 (IH, m), 2.28-2.32 (IH, m), 2.39 (IH, dd, J 2.4, 13.3), 3.11-3.15 (IH, m), 3.28 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.3), 3.59 (3H, s), 3.64 (4H, t, J 7.7), 6.98 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.53 (4H, t, J 6.8), 7.67 (2H, d, J 8.2). MS (ES+) m/z 574 (100%). Step 4: (25,4Jg)-l-{(15)-4-Methyl-l-r4-(trifluoromethyl)phenvnpentvI|-2-r4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride
Figure imgf000123_0001
Dimethyl (2S)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxylate isomer b (0.7g, 1.29mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (6ml) and sodium chloride (226mg) was added. The mixture was heated at 1600C for 4h. The cooled mixture was diluted with brine (100ml) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product, a mixture of 2 diastereomers, as an oil. This was purified by medium pressure chromatography on silica using (5% EtOAc in hexane) as eluant to afford the products (450mg). This mixture was dissolved in MeOH and sodium methoxide (50mg) was added. This solution was heated under reflux for 2h, then sodium hydroxide (0.65ml, 4M) was added and the mixture was stirred for Ih at 600C. The cooled mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then neutralized with HCl (IM, 3ml) and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.81-0.83 (7H, m), 1.05-1.18 (IH, m), 1.38-1.48 (IH, m), 1.79-1.91 (2H, m), 2.00-2.12 (4H, m), 2.14-2.20 (IH, m), 2.36-2.43 (IH, m), 3.50-3.67 (IH, m), 3.91-3.99 (IH, m), 7.26 (2H, d, J 7.8), 7.69 (4H, d, J 7.6), 7.81 (2H, d, J 8.1). MS (ES+) m/z 502 (100%). Step 5; 2-Diazo-l-{(25,4Jg)-l-{(15)-4-methvl-l-r4-trifluoromethyI)phenγl1pentvll-2-r4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}ethanone
Figure imgf000124_0001
The acid (400mg, 0.79mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3ml) and oxalyl chloride (2ml) 2M in DCM) was added followed by 1 drop of DMF. The solution was stirred for 30min. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo and reconstituted in acetonitrile (5ml, anhydrous) and THF (5ml, anhydrous). The solution was cooled to O0C. TMS diazomethane (1.2ml, 2M in hexane) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on silica using 25% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the product as a pale yellow solid (200mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.83-0.87 (6H, m), 0.91-0.98 (IH, m), 1.24-1.29 (IH, m), 1.42 (IH, qn, J 6.6), 1.61-1.81 (4H, m), 1.86-1.94 (3H, m), 2.08-2.18 (IH, m), 3.11 (IH, dd, J 2.9, 11.0), 3.24-3.28 (IH, m), 3.66 (IH, t, J 7.7), 5.16 (IH, s), 7.03 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.50-7.56 (4H, m), 7.67 (2H, d, J 8.2). MS (ES+) m/z 526 (100%). Step 6: {(25,4Jg)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-r4-(trifluoromethyl)phenvnpentvI)-2-r4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000124_0002
The diazoketone described in Step 5 above (200mg, 0.38mmol) was dissolved in dioxane-water (15ml, 5: 1) and silver benzoate (20mg) was added. The mixture was sonicated for Ih in the dark. The mixture was acidified with HCl (2N) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product. This was purified by chromatography on silica using 1-3% MeOH in DCM as eluant to afford the product as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.78-0.87 (6H, m), 0.91-0.99 (IH, m), 1.16- 1.28 (2H, m), 1.31-1.46 (2H, m), 1.60-1.65 (IH, m), 1.73 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 13.0), 1.78-1.85 (2H, m), 1.92- 2.00 (2H, m), 2.09-2.19 (2H, m), 3.17 (IH, dd, J 2.5, 10.9), 3.26-3.29 (IH, m), 3.67 (IH, t, J 7.6), 7.16 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.61 (4H, d, J 8.0), 7.71 (2H, d, J 8.2). MS (ES+) m/z 516 (100%). Example 110
(E/Z)-{(2S)-l-{(lR)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-ylidene}ethanoic acid
Figure imgf000125_0001
Step 1: (lR)-{4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-(trifluorophenyl]piperidin-4-one
Figure imgf000125_0002
The intermediate was prepared analogously to Example 72 steps 3 and 4 and substituting (lR)-4-methyl- l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentan-l-amine (T1657PV, Intermediate 8, αD [c=l, CHCl3] + 9°). The reaction gave an approximately 1:1 ratio of diastereoisomers which were separated by column chromatography on silica eluting with 10-25% Et2O/isoHexane followed by 5% Et2θ/cHexane. The higher diastereoisomer: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.69 (2H, t, J 10.3), 7.60-7.52 (4H, m), 7.07 (2H, d, J 8.0), 3.75 (IH, t, J 7.6), 3.57 (IH, dd, J 5.0, 9.2), 3.47-3.43 (IH, m), 2.74-2.66 (IH, m), 2.50- 2.40 (3H, m), 2.35-2.29 (IH, m), 2.04-1.92 (IH, m), 1.84-1.72 (IH, m), 1.51-1.43 (IH, m), 1.34-1.22 (IH, m), 1.03-0.93 (IH, m), 0.87-0.83 (6H, m).
Lower diastereoisomer: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.68 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.59 (4H, t, J 8.8), 7.44 (2H, d, J 8.2), 4.10 (IH, dd, J 4.5, 9.0), 3.64 (IH, t, J 6.9), 2.99-2.93 (IH, m), 2.82-2.76 (IH, m), 2.70-2.56 (2H, m), 2.45-2.33 (2H, m), 1.86-1.74 (2H, m), 1.51-1.37 (IH, m), 0.99-0.89 (IH, m), 0.83 (6H, dd, J 4.6, 6.6), 0.75-0.67 (IH, m). Step_2: (E/Z)-{(2S)-l-{(lR)-4-Methyl-l-[4.(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidm-4-ylidene}ethanoic acid
Figure imgf000126_0001
The lower running diastereoisomer from step 1 was subjected to homologation analogous to Example 99 step 4 and hydrolysis analogous to Example 3 step 5 to give an off white solid. M/Z (ES+) 514 (MH+).
Example 111
{(2R,4R)-l-{(lR)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000126_0002
StepJU Ethyl (2E/Z)-{(2R)-l-{(lR)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-ylidene}ethanoate
Figure imgf000126_0003
The higher diasteroisomer from Example 110 step 1 was homologated similarly to Example 99 step 4 to give the title compound as a white foam, 1:1 mixture of geometric isomers, after chromatography on silica eluting with 2%EtOAc/isoHexane. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.70-7.62 (4H, m), 7.55 (8H, t, J 8.9), 7.00 (4H, t, J 9.2), 5.57 (IH, s), 5.49 (IH, s), 4.16-4.02 (4H1 m), 3.78 (2H, t, J 12.1), 3.72-3.64 (2H, m), 3.31 (2H, dd, J 3.3, 6.8), 3.24-3.16 (2H, m), 2.50 (IH, d, J 12.4), 2.38-2.28 (3H, m), 2.22-2.08 (2H, m), 2.02-1.92 (3H, m), 1.74 (2H, t, J 12.7), 1.55 (5H, s), 1.51-1.43 (3H, m), 1.31-1.17 (8H, m), 1.00-0.94 (2H, m), 0.87-0.81 (HH, m).
Steal: {(2R,4R)-l-{(lR)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyOphenyUpiperidin^-yOacetic add
Figure imgf000127_0001
The title compound was prepared by hydrogenation of the alkene from step 1 using the procedure described in Example 105 step 2. Purification of the crude mixture by chromatography on silica eluting with 5%EtOAc/isoHexane gave a lower trans diastereoisomer. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.53 (4H, dd, J 8.0, 15.9), 7.07 (2H, d, J 8.0), 4.15-4.05 (2H, m), 3.66 (IH, t, J 7.6), 3.38 (IH, dd, J 3.1, 10.5), 2.94-2.88 (IH, m), 2.28 (IH, s), 2.21-2.13 (3H, m), 2.04 (IH, s), 1.93-1.61 (5H, m), 1.48-1.38 (IH, m), 1.27-1.19 (5H, m), 0.92-0.82 (7H, m). The ester was hydrolysed using the procedure described in Example 3 step 5 to give the desired compound as a white solid. M/Z (ES+) 516(MH+).
Example 112
{(2R,4S)-l-{(lR)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000127_0002
The higher running cis diastereoisomer from Example 111 step 2, 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.65 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.58-7.50 (4H, m), 7.02 (2H, t, J 6.8), 4.11-4.01 (2H, m), 3.65 (IH, t, J 7.7), 3.18-3.10 (2H, m), 2.20-2.04 (2H, m), 1.98-1.84 (2H, m), 1.74 (4H, dd, J 15.1, 28.7), 1.43-1.13 (8H, m), 0.96-0.82 (6H, m), was hydrolysed using the using the procedure described in Example 3 step 5 to give the desired compound as a white solid. M/Z (ES+) 516(MH+). Example 113
{(2S,4S)"l-{(lR)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid Hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000128_0001
H-Cl
The lower diastereoisomer from Example 110 step 1 was homologated using the procedure described in Example 99 step 4 and hydrogenated using the procedure described in Example 105 step 2 which resulted in the formation of two diasteroisomers which were separated by chromatography on silica eluting with 2%THF/isoHexane Mixed fractions were recolumned eluting with 0-1-2% THF/isoHexane. The lower diastereoisomer [1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.61-7.53 (6H, m), 7.38 (2H, dd, J 0.0, 8.1), 4.17-4.07 (2H, m), 3.85 (IH, dd, J 3.8, 7.9), 3.67 (IH, t, J 5.1), 2.76 (IH, t, J 9.3), 2.59-2.53 (IH, m), 2.42 (2H, d, J 7.6), 2.27-2.17 (2H, m), 1.99-1.91 (IH, m), 1.89-1.67 (3H, m), 1.43 (4H, d, J 5.3), 1.27-1.19 (4H, m), 0.87- 0.77 (6H, m)] was hydrolysed using the procedure described in Example 3 step 5 to provide a white solid hydrochloride salt. M/Z (ES+) 516(MH+).
Example 114
{(25,4JR)-l-{(l/?)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000128_0002
(+)-Methyl {(2S,42?)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000129_0001
(±)- cis Methyl 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylpiperidin-4-yl)acetate (Example 3, Step 3 [free base], 32.6g, 0.108mol), was dissolved in hot isopropanol (100ml) and the solution was added to a solution of L-(+)- mandelic acid (9g, 0.054mol) in hot isopropanol (170ml) and the resulting solution was allowed to stand at room temperature overnight. A white crystalline solid was deposited (17.55g, 36%) and was filtered. The mother liquors were evaporated and the residue was neutralized with sodium carbonate (2M, 100ml) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. This extract was dissolved in hot isopropanol (100ml) and was added to a solution of D-(-)-mandelic acid (9g, 0.054mol) in hot isopropanol (170ml); immediate crystallization occurred and the mixture was allowed to stand for 2h. The white crystalline solid was isolated by filtration (21g, 44%) and was recrystallised from isopropyl acetate (250ml) to give the product (19.8g, 40%) as a white crystalline material, ee >99.5%. This material was neutralized with sodium carbonate (2M, 100ml and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100ml). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give the free base: αD (c=l, MeOH) + 23°; 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.23 (6H, d, J 6.9), 2.88 (IH, qn, J 6.9), 4.27 (2H, s), 7.15-7.21 (4H, m), 7.71 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.10 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Stefi_2: Methyl {(25,42?)-l-{(li?)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000129_0002
A mixture of (÷)-methyl {(21S',4/?)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl} acetate (Step 1, 19.4g,
64mmol), 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (11.5g, 66mmol) and benzotriazole (7.9g, 66mmol) in toluene (320ml) was stirred and heated at reflux under N2 with a Dean-Stark trap for 18hrs. After cooling to RT the solvent was removed in vacuo to give a thick oil which was used without further purification. l-Bomo-3-methylbutane (23ml, 192mmol) was added to stirred suspension of activated magnesium (4.7g, 193mmol) in dry Et2O (200ml) under N2 at such a rate as to keep the internal temperature at ~30°C. After 90mins at RT the reaction was cooled in an ice bath and a solution of zinc chloride in diethyl ether (LOM, 200ml) was added such that the internal temperature was <10°C. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at RT for lhr, then recooled in an ice bath. A solution of the benzotriazole adduct (from above, ~64mmol) in dry DCM (600ml) was added via cannula such that the internal temperature <10°C. After 45min at this temperature, the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at RT for 18hrs. The reaction was cooled in an ice bath and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (400ml). The mixture was diluted with DCM and H2O, then filtered through Hyflo®. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (x3). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 3-6% Et2O/isohexane) to give the piperidine (21.5g, colourless oil, contained -6% by wt aldehyde). M/Z (ES+) 530 (MH+).
Ste^3: {(2S,4i?)-l-{(li?)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic add
Figure imgf000130_0001
4N aqueous sodium hydroxide (12.6 ml) was added to a stirred solution of methyl {(2S,4/?)-l-{(li?)-4- methyl- 1 -[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl } -2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl } acetate ( 13.3g, 25.1 mmol) in MeOH (100ml) at RT under N2. The mixture was stirred and heated at reflux for 3hrs. After cooling to RT the MeOH was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between DCM / H2O. The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to ~pH7. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (x4). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to give the acid (12.3g) as a colourless foam.
A solution of the acid (12.3g, 23.9 mmol) in EtOH (140ml) was added to a stirred solution of maleic acid (2.8g, 24.1 mmol) in EtOH (100ml) at reflux. The mixture was stirred at reflux for 30min, then allowed to cool to RT and stand at this temperature O/N. The solid was isolated by filtration to give the salt (12.7g) as a colourless solid. This material was recystallised from EtOH (~40ml/g), then partitioned between DCM / Na2CO3 (aq) to liberate the free base. M/Z (ES+) 516 (MH+); αD (c=l, MeOH) + 44°.
Example 115
{(2Λ,45)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid XO2H
Figure imgf000131_0001
Dimethyl (2/?)-l-{(15)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine-4,4-dicarboxylate, isomer a from Example 109 Step 3 above, was reacted according to the procedures described in Example 109 Step 4-6 to afford the title compound. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.57-0.64 (IH, m), 0.78-0.85 (6H, m), 0.87-0.97 (IH, m), 1.11-1.19 (IH, m), 1.38-1.48 (2H, m), 1.68-1.74 (IH, m), 1.84-2.00 (4H, m), 2.14-2.22 (2H, m), 2.45-2.51 (IH, m), 2.72- 2.79 (IH, m), 3.47-3.55 (IH, m), 3.86 (IH, dd, J 2.3, 10.9), 7.48 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.60 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.66- 7.72 (4H, m). MS (ES+) m/z 516 (100%). [αD] = -43° c=l MeOH.
Example 116
(+)-{(22?*,45*)-l-[(12?*)-4-Methyl-l-phenyIpent-4-en-2-yn-l-yI]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000131_0002
(±)-Methyl {(2i?*,45*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piρeridin-4-yl} acetate (Example 3 Step 3, 150mg, 0.5mmol), benzaldehyde (159mg, 1.5mmol), gold (IE) bromide (22mg, 0.05mmol) and water (0.5ml) were combined in a sealed microwave tube. The mixture was de-gassed and placed under an N2- atmosphere before 2-methyl-l-buten-3-yne (99mg, 1.5mmoU) was added via syringe, followed by heating to 7O0C using microwave irradiation for 20min. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and loaded onto a SCX cartridge, which was washed with MeOH, then eluted with 2M ammonia in MeOH. The eluant was treated with 6M aq. NaOH (0.25 ml) and heated to reflux for 2h. The volatiles were removed under vacuum and the residue partitioned between 2M HCl and DCM. The DCM layer was evaporated and the residue purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to give 21 mg of the title compound as the TFA salt. Column Column Percentage Solvent Mobile Flow Detection Dimensions Modifier Phase
Gemini (100x20)mm 60-5% acetonitrile water 50ml/min MS(ES+) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSCW6) δ: 1.21-1.25 (IH, m), 1.40-1.46 (lH,m), 1.69-1.73 (IH, m), 1.84-1.93
(2H, m), 2.17 (2H, dd, J 3.4, 6.8), 4.56 (IH, s), 5.42 (IH, s), 5.47 (IH, s), 7.33 (IH, t, J 7.8), 7.39 (2H, t, J 7.4), 7.49 (2H, d, J 7.6), 7.76-7.81 (4H, m). m/z (ES+) 442 (M+l).
Examples 117-148
Examples 117-148 were made by the procedure described in Example 116 using the compound of Example 3, Step 3 (for examples 117-143) or Example 114, Step 1 (for examples 144-8) and the appropriate aldehyde and alkyne as starting materials.
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
(±)-{ (2R * 4S*)-l-[(li? *)-l-(2,4- dichlorophenyl)-4-methylpent-
129 4-en-2-yn-l-yl]-2-[4- 511
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]
Figure imgf000135_0001
piperidine-4-yl} acetic acid
XO2H
(±)-{(2#*,4S*)-l-[(17?*)-l-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)-4-methylpent-
130 4-en-2-yn-l-yl]-2-[4- 511
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] piperidine-4-yl} acetic acid
Figure imgf000135_0002
(±)-{(2i?*,45*)-l-[(li?*)-l-(4- bromophenyl)-4-methylpent-4-
131 en-2-yn-l-yl]-2-[4- 521
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]
Figure imgf000135_0003
piperidine-4-yl} acetic acid
(±)-{(2fl*,4S*)-l-[(lJ?*)-4- methyl- 1 -( 1 -naphthyl)-pent-4-
132 en-2-yn-l-yl]-2-[4- 492
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]
Figure imgf000135_0004
piperidine-4-yl} acetic acid W
135
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Example 149
{(2S, 4R)-l-{(lS)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic add
Figure imgf000140_0001
Step 1: 4-(Pentafluoroethyl)benzonitrile
Figure imgf000140_0002
4-Bromobenzonitrile (1Og, 54.9mmol), sodium pentafluoropropionate (26.5g, 0.143mol) and copper (I) iodide (27.1g, 0.142mol) were heated to 1500C in dry DMF (130ml) for 4h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and Et2O and kieselgur filter aid was added. This bi-phasic mixture was stirred for 5min, filtered and separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with Et2O. The combined organic phases were washed with water and aq. NH3, then dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as a brown oil. This was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 20-30% DCM in ώo-hexanes) to give the title compound, 7.5g (62%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.75 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.83 (2H, d, J 8.6), 19F NMR (470 MHz, CDCl3): δ -84.5, -116. Step 2: 4-(PentafluoroethyI)benzaIdehyde
Figure imgf000140_0003
DBAL (IM in toluene, 9ml, 9mmol) was added to a solution of the product from Step 1 in toluene at - 300C. After 20min at -300C the reaction was quenched by the addition of satd. aq. KHSO4. Standard aqueous work-up afforded the crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel,
25% toluene in hexane) to give the title compound, 0.88g (86%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.79
(2H, d, J 8.2), 8.02 (2H, d, J 8.3), 10.11 (IH, s).
Step_3: {(25, 4i?)-l-{(15)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyI)phenyl]pent-4-en-2-yn-l-yl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000140_0004
The title compound was prepared from the aldehyde from Step 2, methyl {(25,4/?)-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]piperidin-4-yl} acetate (Example 114, Step 1) and 2-methylbut-l-en-3-yne as described in Example 116. M/Z (ES+) 560 (MH+). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.33 (IH, dq, J 5.2, 13.4), 1.46 (IH, q, J 11.9), 1.75 (IH, d, J 10.6), 1.94 (IH, d, J 13.4), 1.98-2.05 (4H, m), 2.23-2.36 (2H, m), 2.43-2.54 (2H, m), 3.69 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 11.1), 4.60 (IH, s), 5.32 (IH, quintet, J 1.6), 5.4 (IH, s), 7.54 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.62 (4H, br s), 7.67 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Example 150
{(25, 4i?)-l-{(li?)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyI]pentyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethy^phenyUpiperidin^-yljacetic acid
Figure imgf000141_0001
Step 1: Methyl {(25, 4i?)-l-{(lJR)-4-methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate Trifluoroacetate
Figure imgf000141_0002
The methyl ester of Example 149 (405mg, 0.706mmol) was hydrogenated in a Parr™ apparatus in the presence of Raney-nickel with MeOH as solvent under 50psi of H2-pressure for 4d. The reaction mixture was decanted from the catalyst and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, 92mg, which was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC.
Column Column % Modifier Solvent Mobile Flow Detection Dimensions Phase
Supelcosil (100x21.2) 60-40% MeCN 0.1% aq. 15ml/ UV
ABZ+PLUS mm TFA min 230nm
The title compound was obtained as the TFA salt, 230mg, (47%). M/Z (ES+) 580 (MH+).
Step_2: {(25, 4i?)-l-{(li?)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyljphenyripiperidin^-yllacetic acid
Figure imgf000142_0001
The ester from Step 1 (230mg, 0.4mmol) was heated to reflux in MeOH (ImI) in the presence of 6M aq. NaOH (0.3ml, l.βmmol) for Ih. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between DCM and 2M HCl. The DCM phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as the HCl salt, from which the free base was liberated by column chromatography (silica gel, 5% MeOH in DCM): 150mg (66%). M/Z (ES+) 566 (MH+). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD+TFA-d): δ 0.62-0.77 (2H, m), 0.82-0.85 (6H, m), 1.49 (IH, septet, J 6.2), 1.60 (IH, q, J 12.9), 1.92 (IH, q, J 12.4), 2.16-2.39 (8H, m), 3.50 (IH, t, J 12.9), 3.69 (IH, d, J 12.4), 4.06 (IH, d, J 11.9), 7.55 (2H, d, J 7.92), 7.77-7.82 (4H, m), 7.96 (2H, d, J 7.7).
Examples 151-155
The following compounds were made by the procedures in Examples 85, using the piperidine from Example 3 Step 3 for Examples 151-153 or from Example 114 Step 1 for Examples 154-155, and the appropriate benzaldehyde, then hydrogenation using either Pd or Raney nickel catalysis, then basic hydrolysis.
Figure imgf000142_0002
Figure imgf000143_0001
Example 156
(±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(R*)-Cyclohexyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl}-2-
[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000143_0002
Step 1; (±)-MethyI {(2S*,4R*)-l-{(R*)-cyclohexyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] methyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate.
Figure imgf000144_0001
A solution of the piperidine (Example 3 step 3) (3.Og, 10 mmol), 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (1.37ml, 10 mmol) and benzotriazole (1.19g, 10 mmol) in toluene (50 ml) was heated at reflux under Dean & Stark conditions for 3 hours. The cooled reaction was evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in DCM. Cyclohexyl magnesium chloride (2M in Et2O, 0.5ml, 1.0 mmol) was added to a cold (-780C) aliquot of the benzotriazole adduct (lmmol) in DCM (5ml) and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The mixture was diluted with NH4Cl (half sat) and extracted with DCM. The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to yellow gum which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 25-50%DCM in isohexane) to give the title compound as a single diastereoisomer. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.59 (ZH, d, J 8.1), 7.45 (4H, dd, J 8.0, 25.8), 7.09 (ZH, d, J 8.0), 4.02 (IH, d, J 8.3), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.29 (2H, d, J 9.5), 2.86 (IH, t, J 10.6), 2.25-2.11 (3H, m), 2.05- 1.91 (2H, m), 1.81-1.67 (4H, m), 1.29-1.13 (4H, m), 1.06 (4H, s), 0.68 (IH, dd, J 6.5, 125.9). Step_2: (±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(R*)-Cydohexyl[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester from step 1 using the procedure described in Example 3 step 5. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CD3OD): 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.52 (4H, t, J 6.6), 7.20 (2H, d, J 811), 4.05 (IH, d, J 8.5), 3.39-3.33 (2H, m), 2.92-2.88 (IH, m), 2.25-2.09 (4H, m), 1.90-1.88 (IH, m), 1.81 (2H, d, J 9.9), 1.70 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 12.8), 1.63 (IH, d, J 11.3), 1.53 (IH, dd, J 11.2, 11.2), 1.40-1.08 (6H, m), 0.90-0.84 (2H, m), 0.54-0.46 (IH, m).
Examples 157-159
The following compounds were made by the procedures in Examples 156 using the appropriate commercial grignard reagent.
Figure imgf000144_0002
Figure imgf000145_0002
Example 160
(±)-((2S*,4R*)-2-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(lR*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] but-3-en-l- yl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000145_0001
St§Eji: (±)-Methyl ((2S*,4R*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]-l-{(lR*)-l-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyI]but-3-en-l-yI}piperidin-4-yI)acetate
Figure imgf000146_0001
Zinc chloride (IM in Et2O,12 ml, 12 mmol) was added slowly to a cold O0C solution of allyl magnesium bromide (IM in Et2O,12 ml, 12 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere, maintaining the temperature below O0C during the addition. Once the addition was complete the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour. The white suspension was cooled to O0C and the benzotriazole adduct (Example 156 Step 1. 4.0 mmol) was added slowly as a solution in DCM (20 ml). The cooling was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with NH4Cl (half sat.) and with DCM and the mixture was filtered though a celite® bed. The phases were separated and the aqueous extracted with DCM. The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to purple gum which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50%DCM in isohexane) to give the title compound as a single diastereoisomer (10.8g, 54%). 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.63-7.53 (6H, m), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.3), 5.57- 5.45 (IH, m), 4.95-4.89 (2H, m), 3.80-3.76 (IH, m), 3.65 (4H, d, J 17.3), 2.69-2.53 (3H, m), 2.50-2.36 (IH, m), 2.28-2.16 (2H, m), 1.99-1.91 (IH, m), 1.85 (IH, dd, J 2.9, 12.8), 1.68 (IH, s), 1.41-1.33 (IH, m), 1.24-1.14 (IH, m).
SteEj: (±)-((2S*,4R*)-2-[4-(Triπuoromethyl)phenyI]-l-{(lR*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]but-3- en-l-yl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000146_0002
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester from step 1 using the procedure described for Example 3 step 5. M/Z (ES+) 486 (M+H).
Examples 161-166
The following compounds were made by the procedures in Examples 160 using the appropriate commercial Grignard reagent, freshly prepared Grignard or commercial zincate.
Figure imgf000146_0003
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0003
(Commercial Zincate; *Fresh Grignard; ft Commercial Grignard
Example 167
(±)-((25*,4Λ*)-2-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(l/?*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pentyl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000148_0001
A solution of ((25*,4i?*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-l-{(17?*)-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pent-4-en- l-yl}piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid (Example 163, 38mg, 0.076mmol) in EtOAc (6ml) was hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (5mg) under a balloon of H2 for 45min. The catalyst was removed by filtration - washing with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated to give the alkane (37mg) as an off-white foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.74-0.82 (4H, m), 0.99-1.25 (4H, m), 1.36-1.44 (IH, m), 1.71 (IH, d, J 12.8), 1.84-1.98 (4H, m), 2.13-2.23 (2H, m), 2.43-2.49 (IH, m), 2.73 (IH, brd, J 11), 3.54 (IH, dd, J 3.4, 10.4), 3.84 (IH, dd, J 2.5, 11.0), 7.49 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.59 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.70 (4H, s); M/Z (ES+) 502 (M+H).
Example 168
(±)-{(2Λ*, 45*)-l-[(15*)-l-(4-IodophenyI)-4-methylpentyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000148_0002
Step 1: (±)-Methyl {(2R*, 45*)-l-[(15*)-l-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyIpentyI]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
XO2Me
Figure imgf000149_0001
The title compound was prepared from methyl {(2i?*, 4i?*)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4- yljacetate, 4-iodobenzaldehyde and l-bromo-3-methylbutane in an analogous fashion to Example 114, Step 2 in 65 % yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 0.58-0.69 (IH, m), 0.81-0.83 (6H, m), 0.85- 0.96 (IH, m), 1.13 (IH, dq, J 4.5, 12.8), 1.32 (IH, q, J 12.4), 1.42 (IH, septet, J 6.6), 1.63 (IH, br, d, J 13.2), 1.69-1.76 (2H, m), 1.80 (IH, qd, J 2.9, 12.8), 1.87-1.98 (IH, m), 1.13-1.26 (2H, m), 2.33 (IH, dt, J 2.4, 11.9), 2.68 (IH, td, J 3.0, 11.4), 3.35 (IH, dd, J 4.12, 9.6), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.7 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 10.9), 6.99 (2H, d, J 8.3), 7.54 (2H, d, J 7.8), 7.59-7.63 (4H, m); M/Z (ES+) 588 (M+H). Step 2; (±)-{(2S*, 42?*)-l-[(lΛ*)-l-(4-Iodophenyl)-4-methylpentyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid
Figure imgf000149_0002
The ester from Step 1 (50mg, 0.085mmol) was stirred in MeOH (ImI) at RT for 3d. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between DCM and 2M HCl. The DCM layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 3% MeOH in DCM) to give the title compound, 28 mg (57%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 0.58-0.66 (IH, m), 0.81-0.83 (6H, m), 0.86-0.95 (IH, m), 1.14 (IH, dq, J 3.8, 12.1), 1.34 (IH, q, J 12.1), 1.42 (IH, septet, J 6.5), 1.74-1.76 (3H, m), 1.84 (IH, br, d, J 12.7), 2.16-2.29 (2H, m), 2.33 (IH, dt, J 2.2, 12.1), 2.69 (IH, td, J 3.6, 12.1), 3.35 (IH, dd, J 5.1, 9.9), 3.72 (IH, dd, J 2.5, 10.9), 6.98 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.54 (2H, br, d, J 7.45), 7.59-7.63 (4H, m); M/Z (ES+) 574 (M+H).
Example 169
(±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-[(liR*)-4-Methyl-l-(4-vinylphenyl)pentyl3-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidm- 4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000150_0001
The ester described in Example 168 Step 1 (200mg, 0.34mmol) was dissolved in DMF and the solution degassed using a Firestone valve. Vinyltributyltin (99.4μL, 0.34 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (20mg) were added and the mixture was heated using microwave irradiation at 16O0C for 15min. The mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product. This was purified by chromatography on silica using DCM as eluant to afford the product as an oil (69mg). This was dissolved in MeOH (ImI) and sodium hydroxide added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 2h. The cooled mixture was concentrated in vacuo, partitioned between HCl (2M) and DCM. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC with gradient elution (acetonitrile:0.1% TFA). The product fractions were concentrated in vacuo and the residue basified with NaHCO3 (aq.) and extracted with DCM. This was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as white foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.55-0.65 (IH, m), 0.80-0.86 (6H, m), 1.11- 1.61 (4H, m), 1.77 (IH, d, J 13.0), 1.84-1.98 (4H, m), 2.12-2.22 (2H, m), 2.62 (IH, t, J 11.2), 2.99 (IH, d, J 11.6), 3.49-3.53 (IH, m), 4.00 (IH, d, J 9.2), 5.21 (IH, d, J 11.5), 5.77 (IH, d, J 17.6), 6.72 (IH, dd, J 11.0, 17.6), 7.22 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.40 (2H1 d, J 8.2), 7.72 (4H1 q, J 8.7). MS (ES+) m/z 474 (100%).
Example 170 (±)-{(25*,4i?*)-l-[(lΛ*)-l-(4-BenzoyIphenyl)-4-methylpentyI]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000150_0002
Step 1: (±)-MethyΙ {(2S*,4JR*)-l-[(12?*)-4-methyl-l-(4-{[(triisopropylsilyl)oxy] methyl} phenyl)pentyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000151_0001
The title compound was prepared in a similar manner to Example 114, Step 2, using (±)-{(2R*, 4R*)-2- [4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate and 4-{ [(triisopropylsilyl)oxy]methyl}benzaldehyde (J. Med. Chem, 2000, 43, 4084). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 0.58-0.66 (IH, m), 0.82 (6H, t, J 6.7), 0.90-1.0 (IH, m), 1.05-1.24 (22H, m), 1.32 (IH, q, J 11.8), 1.40-1.46 (IH, m), 1.60-1.65 (IH, m), 1.74-1.84 (3H1 m), 1.90-1.96 (IH, m), 2.14-2.18 (IH, m), 2.20-2.25 (IH, m), 2.34 (IH, t, J 11.4), 2.62- 2.68 (IH, m), 3.40-3.44 (IH, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.71 (IH, d, J 8.4), 4.82 (2H, m), 7.20 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.27 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.56-7.63 (4H, m);
Ste^2: (±)-Methyl {(25*,4i?*)-l-[(l/?*)-l-(4-formylphenyl)-4-methylpeiityl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000151_0002
Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0M in THF, 1.1ml) was added to a stirred solution of the silyl ether (Step 1, 642mg, 0.99mmol) in THF (ImI) at O0C. After 5 min the cold bath was removed and the reaction was stirred at RT o/n. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and then extracted with Et2O (x3). The combined extracts were washed with H2O (xl), brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 20-40% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the alcohol (463mg) as a colourless foam.
Manganese (IV) oxide (105mg, 1.2 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of this alcohol (115mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF (ImI) at RT. The mixture was stirred at RT O/N, then diluted with DCM and filtered through Hyflo® - washing with DCM. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 10-15% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the aldehyde (54mg) as a colourless oil. M/Z (ES+) 490 (MH+).
Step 3: (±)-Methyl {(25*,4/?*)-l-[(lR*)-l-(4-benzoylphenyI)-4-methyIpentyl]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000152_0001
Phenylmagnesium bromide (1.0M in THF, 0.1ml) was added to a stirred solution of the aldehyde (Step 2, 48mg, O.lmmol) in dry DCM (ImI) at 00C under N2. After 20min the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and then partitioned between EtOAcZH2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 15-25% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the benzyl alcohol (53mg) as a colourless oil.
Tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (~2mg) was added to a stirred solution/suspension of the alcohol from above (32mg, 0.056mmol), N-methyl morpholine N-oxide and 4A sieves (~200mg) in dry DCM (ImI) at RT. After 20 min, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through a silica pad - washing with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 5-10% EtOAc/isohexane) to give the ketone (25mg) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ (ppm) 0.64-0.72 (IH, m), 0.83 (6H, t, J 6.7), 0.94-1.02 (IH, m), 1.12-1.18 (IH, m), 1.36 (IH, q, J 12.0), 1.46 (IH, sept, J 6.6), 1.65 (IH, brd, J 12.8), 1.79-1.85 (3H, m), 1.90-2.00 (IH, m), 2.17 (IH, dd, J 15.3, 7.5), 2.25 (IH, dd, J 15.3, 6.7), 2.40 (IH, brt, J 10.7), 2.71 (IH, brd, J 10), 3.48 (IH, t, J 6.9), 3.63 (3H, s), 3.75 (IH, dd, J 11, 2.5), 7.37 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.48 (2H, t, J 7.7), 7.56-7.60 (3H, m), 7.64 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.74 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.80 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Ste^4: (±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-[(l/?*)-l-(4-Benzoylphenyl)-4-methylpeiityl3-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI) phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000153_0001
A solution of LiOH (lOmg, 0.42 mmol) in water (0.5ml) was added to a stirred solution of the ester (Step 3, 42mg, 0.074 mmol) in THF (ImI) at RT. The reaction was stirred at RT O/N then quenched with 2N HCl (ImI). The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (x2). The combined extracts were washed with brine (xl), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 2-8% MeOH/DCM) to give the acid (22mg) as a colourless solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.60-0.70 (IH, m), 0.82-1.02 (7H, m), 1.14-1.24 (IH, m), 1.38-1.49 (2H, m), 1.72-1.75 (IH, m), 1.84-1.95 (4H, m), 2.18-2.20 (2H, m), 2.52 (IH, brt, J 11), 2.82 (IH, brd, J 11), 3.53 (IH, dd, J 9.8, 4.0), 3.87 (IH, brd, J 10), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.52 (2H, t, J 7.6), 7.64 (IH, J 7.4), 7.70-7.80 (8H, m); M/Z (ES+) 552 (MH+).
Example 171
(±)-{(25*,4i?*)-l-{(li?:i:,2Z)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpent-2-en-l-yl}-2"[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000153_0002
Step_l: (±)-Methyl {(25*,4Λ*).l-{(l/?*,2Z)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpent-2-en-l" yl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetate
Figure imgf000154_0001
An enyne was prepared as in Example 85 Step 1, using 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde in place of 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde. A solution of this enyne (21 lmg, 0.36mmol) in EtOAc (10ml) was hydrogenated over 10% Pd/C (50mg) under a balloon of H2 for 30 hrs. The catalyst was removed by filtration - washing with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give the alkene (59mg) as an oil. M/Z (ES+) 596 (MH+). Ste£2: (±)-{(25*,42?*)-l-{(li?*,2Z)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-methylpent-2-en-l-yl}-2- [4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyI]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000154_0002
The title compound was prepared as described in Example 170, Step 4. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.49 (3H, d, J 6.6), 0.76 (3H, d, J 6.5), 1.27-1.45 (2H, m), 1.73-1.82 (3H, m), 1.88-1.97 (IH, m), 2.15- 2.24 (2H, m), 2.59 (IH, brt, J 11), 2.68 (IH, brd, J 10), 3.68 (IH, d, J 10), 4.91 (IH, d, J 8.9), 5.47 (IH, t, J 10.4), 5.81 (IH, t, J 9.9), 7.48-7.53 (4H, m), 7.70 (IH, d, J 8.2), 7.81 (IH, d, J 8.3), 7.95 (IH, s); M/Z (ES+) 582 (MH+). Example 172
(±)-{(2S*,42?*)-l-{(lR*,2Z)-4-MethyI-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pent-2-en-l-yI}-2-[4- (trifluoromethy^phenyllpiperidin^-yllacetic acid
Figure imgf000155_0001
The title compound was prepared in a similar way to Example 171 using the enyne product from Example 85, Step 1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.59 (3H, d, J 6.7), 0.78 (3H, d, J 6.4), 1.25-1.39 (2H, m), 1.51-1.57 (IH, m), 1.73 (IH, brd, J 12.6), 1.86-1.96 (2H, m), 2.16-2.26 (2H, m), 2.46-2.52 (IH, m), 2.64-2.68 (IH, m), 3.68 (IH, dd, J 11.3, 2.8), 4.61 (IH, m), 5.62-5.70 (2H, m), 7.60-7.66 (8H, m). MJZ (ES+) SU (MIt).
Example 173
(2S*,4/?*)-l-{(ll?*)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-4-(lH-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine
Figure imgf000155_0002
SteEJ;: {(25,4i?)-l-{(lΛ)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetonitrile
Figure imgf000155_0003
To a suspension of ammonium chloride (107mg, 2mmol) in toluene (5ml) was added a solution of trimethylaluminium in toluene (2M, 1.1ml) and the mixture stirred for 1.5h before adding the product of Example 114 Step 2 (268mg, 0.5mmol) in toluene (3.5ml). The mixture was then stirred at reflux for 2.5h, cooled, and quenched by addition of aqueous ammonium chloride (satd., 15ml). Solid potassium sodium tartrate was added and the mixtute stirred vigorously until all the precipitate had dissolved. After separation of layers, the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2xl0ml), the combined organics dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica, 15%EtOAc in hexanes) giving the title compound as a colourless gum (88mg, 35%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.57-0.65 (IH, m), 0.82 (3H, d, J 11.0), 0.84 (3H, d, J 11.0), 0.89-0.97 (2H, m), 1.22 (IH, dq, J 12.3, 4.0),
1.44 (IH, septet, J 7.0), 1.49 (IH, q, J 11.5), 1.72-1.79 (IH, m), 1.81-1.95 (4H, m), 2.39 (2H, d, J 6.4),
2.45 (IH, dt, J 2.0, 11.5) 2.74-2.76 (IH, m), 3.49 (IH, dd, J 4.0, 9.8), 3.83 (IH, dd, J 2.0, 10.6), 7.46 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.60 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.72 (4H, t, J 9.3), M/Z (ES+) 497 (MH+).
Step 2; (25, 4i?)-l-{(li?)-4-Methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] pentyl}-4-(lH-tetrazol-5- ylmethyl)-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidine
Figure imgf000156_0001
A mixture of the nitrile from the previous step (85mg, 0.17mmol), azidotrimethylsilane (0.046ml,
0.35mmol), and dibutyltin oxide (5mg, 0.02mmol) in toluene (3ml) was stirred at reflux for 10Oh. More azide (0.26ml, 2mmol) and butyltin oxide (50mg, 0.2mmol) was added and heating at reflux resumed for a further 48h. On cooling, the solution was evaporated and the residue subjected to chromatography (silica, 5-10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to afford the title compound as a solid (42mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.56-0.63 (IH, m), 0.81-0.91 (7H, m), 1.21 (IH, dq, J 3.2, 11.8), 1.43 (IH, septet, J
6.4), 1.48 (IH, q, J 11.6), 1.64 (IH, d, J 12.7), 1.75-1.82 (IH, m), 1.84-2.04 (3H, m), 2.50 (IH, t, J 11.4), 2.76-2.86 (3H, m), 3.50-3.55 (IH, m), 3.89 (IH, d, J 10.6), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.61 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.70 (4H, q, J 8.4), M/Z (ES+) 540 (MH+).
Example 174
(±)-{(2S*,42?*)-l-{(lS*,22?* or 2S*)-2-Ethoxy-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] propyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethy^phenyllpiperidin^-ytyacetic acid
Figure imgf000156_0002
Stepl: (±)-Methyl {(2S*,4R*)-1-{(1S*,2R* or 2S*)-2-ethoxy-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl]propyl}- 2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000157_0001
A flask was charged with magnesium turnings (240mg, 10 mmol) and dried under vacuum with stirring. THF (5 ml) was added followed by l-bromo-3,3,3-trifluoropropane (1.07ml, lOmmol). The addition of a few drops followed by hand warming caused an exothermic reaction to initiate and the remaining bromide was added whilst maintaining the internal temperature at ~400C. Once the addition was complete the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to O0C and zinc chloride (IM in Et2O1IO ml, 10 mmol) was added slowly maintaining the temperature below O0C during the addition. Once the addition was complete the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes. The white suspension was cooled to O0C and the benzotriazole adduct (Example 156 Stepl, 1.0 mmol) was added slowly as a solution in DCM (5 ml). The cooling was removed air was allowed into the flask and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with NH4CI (half sat.) and with DCM and the mixture was filtered though a Celite® bed. The phases were separated and the aqueous extracted with DCM. The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow gummy solid which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50%DCM in isohexane) to give the title compound as two diastereoisomers.
Higher running diastereoisomer (48mg, 9%): 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 1.62-1 Al (8H, m), 3.99-3.93 (IH, m), 3.87 (IH, dd, J 2.6, 10.9), 3.61 (4H, m), 3.50 (IH, t, J 6.0), 3.36-3.28 (IH, m), 3.07 (IH, t, J 11.4), 2.78-2.72 (IH, m), 2.25-2.15 (2H, m), 1.96 (IH, s), 1.80 (IH, d, J 9.6), 1.67 (IH, s), 1.37-1.25 (2H, m), 1.17-1.11 (3H, m), 1.00 (3H, d, J 6.4). M/Z (ES+) 532 (M+H). Lower running diastereoisomer (69mg, 13%): 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CDCl3): 7.62 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.50 (4H, m), 7.16 (2H, d, J 8.1), 4.40 (IH, t, J 5.7), 4.14 (IH, dd, J 5.9, 9.3), 3.66 (4H, t, J 10.2), 3.50 (IH, t, J 8.4), 3.44-3.38 (IH, m), 3.16 (IH, d, J 11.2), 2.73 (IH, t, J 10.6), 2.24-2.14 (2H, m), 1.95 (IH, s), 1.72 (2H, t, J 12.6), 1.35 (3H, t, J 7.0), 1.27-1.15 (2H, m), 0.78 (3H, d, J 5.9). M/Z (ES+) 532 (M+H). Step 2: (±)-{(2S*,4R*)-l-{(lS*,2R* or 2S*)-2-Ethoxy-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl] propyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000158_0001
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester of the higher running diastereoisomer from step 1 using the procedure described for Example 3 step 5. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CD3OD): 7.63-7.47 (8H, m), 4.46 (IH, s), 4.22 (IH, s), 4.07 (IH, s), 3.77-3.67 (2H, m), 3.59-3.53 (IH, m), 2.35 (4H, s), 2.17 (2H, m), 1.88 (2H, m), 1.33 (3H, t, J 6.9), 0.77 (3H, d, J 6.2). M/Z (ES+) 518 (M+H).
Example 175
(±)-{(2S*,42?*)-l-{(lS*,2S* or 2R*)-2-Ethoxy-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] propyl}-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000158_0002
The title compound was prepared by hydrolysis of the ester of the lower running diastereoisomer from Example 174 step 1 using the procedure described for Example 3 step 5. 1H NMR δ (ppm)(CD30D): 7.95 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.77 (4H, dd, J 8.3, 12.7), 7.35 (2H, d, J 7.8), 5.28 (IH, d, J 10.9), 4.60-4.54 (IH, m), 4.11 (2H, d, J 10.5), 3.93-3.85 (IH, m), 3.67-3.61 (2H, m), 2.35 (2H, d, J 5.5), 2.21 (3H, m), 1.93-1.83 (IH, m), 1.72 (IH, t, J 12.4), 1.49 (3H, t, J 7.0), 0.82 (3H, d, J 5.9). M/Z (ES+) 518 (M+H).
Example 176
(±)-{(35*,5Λ*)-l-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-3-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000158_0003
J.: 2-MethyI-Λ^-{l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}propane-2-sulfinamide
Figure imgf000159_0001
2-Methyl-N-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methylene}propane-2-sulfinamide (prepared according to the procedure described in Example 99 step 1, using 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde) (5g, O.lδmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and the solution cooled to -5O0C. Allylmagnesium bromide (10.8mL, 2M in THF, 0.22mol) was added dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at 00C for 30min. The mixture was quenched with NH4Cl and diluted with water and was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was separated and was washed with brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a 3:2 mixture of diastereoisomers. MS (ES+) m/z 320 (M+H÷).
Step 2; 2-Methvl-N-r4-(trifluoromethvl)benzvn-N-{l-r4-(trifluoromethvI)phenvnbut-3-en-l- yl}propane-2-sulfmamide
Figure imgf000159_0002
The sulfinamide described in Step 1 (Ig, 3mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3mL). Sodium hydride (188mg, 4.5mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30min. 4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (884mg, 3.6mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched with water and was extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were dried (brine, MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 10-30% ethyl acetate in wø-hexane to give the product (880mg).
Step_3: Methyl (2£')-5-{(^rt-butyIsulfmyl)[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amino}-5-[4- (trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pent-2-enoate
Figure imgf000160_0001
The alkene from Step 2 (800mg, 1.67mmol) was dissolved in methyl acrylate (1.5mL) and Zhan I catalyst
(1 lOmg) was added. This mixture was stirred for 30min and TLC indicated all starting material had reacted. The mixture was evaporated and purified by chromatography on silica using 10-25% ethyl acetate in wø-hexane to give the product (500mg) as a mixture of isomers:
SteE_4: Methyl (2E)-5-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amino}-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]peπt-2- enoate
Figure imgf000160_0002
The sulfonamide from Step 3 (450mg, 0.84mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3mL) and the solution was cooled in ice. HCl (4M in dioxane, 0.5mL) was added and the solution was stirred for 30min. NaHCO3 was added to neutralize the solution and methanol was removed by evaporation. The residue was extracted into CH2Cl2; this was washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-25% ethyl acetate in ώo-hexane to give the product (500mg).
Step 5: Methyl {l-r4-(trifluoromethyI)benzvIl-5-r4-(trifluoromethvl)phenvllpvrrolidin-3-yIlacetate
Figure imgf000160_0003
The amine from Step 4 (400mg, 0.9mmol) was dissolved in benzene and benzotriazolemethanol (135mg, 0.9nτmol) was added followed by powdered molecular sieves (470mg). This was stirred overnight, the molecular sieves removed by filtration through Celite and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in THF (25mL) and anhydrous t-butanol (0.17mL, 0.9mmol) was added. This solution was added dropwise via cannula onto a solution of samarium diiodide (27mL, 2.7mmol, 0. IM in THF) which was pre-cooled to -780C. The mixture was stirred (-780C-O0C) overnight then quenched with aq. K2CO3 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 30-50% CH2Cl2 in iso-hexane to elute isomer a (245mg) and isomer b(lθθmg). Isomer a: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.40-1.44 (IH, m), 2.45-2.55 (4H, m), 2.63 (IH, m), 2.84 (IH, dd, J 2.9, 9.8), 3.18 (IH, d, J 13.8), 3.57 (IH, t, J 8.2), 3.63 (3H, s), 3.80 (IH, d, J 13.8), 7.38 (2H, d, J 7.9), 7.53-7.60 (6H, m).MS (ES+) m/z (446, MH+JOOr0)
SteEj: (±)-{(35*,5JR*)-l-[4-(TrifluoromethyI)benzyl]-5-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pyrrolidin-3- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000161_0001
The ester from Step 5 (240mg, 0.53mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2mL) and NaOH (0.67mL, 2.65mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 600C for 2h. then cooled, evaporated, neutralised with HCl (aq.) and extracted into CH2Cl2. The organic extracts were pooled, washed with water, brine and dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 10-100% ethyl acetate in iso- hexane as eluant.
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.47-1.53 (IH, m), 2.50-2.64 (5H, m), 2.87 (IH, t, J 5.0), 3.18 (IH, d, J 13.6), 3.57 (IH, dd, J 7.4, 9.5), 3.81 (IH, d, J 13.6), 7.36 (2H, d, J 7.9), 7.53-7.61 (6H, m). MS (ES+) m/z (432, MH+, 100%)
Example 177
(+)-{(3S*,5R*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-3- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000162_0001
Step 1: (±)-MethvI {(35*,5Jg*)-l-benzyl-5-r4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl1pyrroIidin-3-vl}acetate
Figure imgf000162_0002
Prepared as in Example 176 Steps 1-5 using benzyl bromide in Step 2. MS (ES+) m/z 378 (MH+).
Step_2: (±)-Methyl {(3S*,5i?*)-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000162_0003
The product from Step 1 (130mg) was dissolved in methanol and HCl (0.5mL, 4M in dioxane) and Pd-C (70mg) was added. This mixture was hydrogenated at 20psi for 4hr; the catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was neutralized with sodium bicarbonate (aq.) and extracted into CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated.
The residue was purified on silica using 2-5% methanol in CH2Cl2 to yield the product.
MS (ES+) m/z 288 (MH+). Step 3: (±)-MethyI {(3S*,52?*)-l-[2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-5-[4-
(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pyrrolidin-3-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000163_0001
The amine from Step 2 (lOOmg, 0.35mmol) was dissolved in DMF (ImL). Potassium carbonate (240mg, 1.74mmol), sodium iodide (llmg) and 2,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (214mg, 0.697mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 3h at 1000C. The mixture was quenched with water and was extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were dried (brine, MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 5% ethyl acetate in iso-hsxane to give the product (135mg). 1H NMR (500MHz, benzene-d6): δ 1.26-1.32 (IH, m), 2.11-2.31 (3H, m), 2.37-2.47 (2H, m), 2.78 (IH, dd, J 3.0, 9.7), 3.14 (IH, t, J 8.3), 3.43 (3H, s), 3.50 (IH, s), 3.61 (IH, t, J 16.4), 7.11 (IH, d, J 8.0), 7.19 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.23-7.26 (IH, m), 7.40 (2H, d, J 8.1), 8.18 (IH, s).
SteEj: (+)-{(35*,5i?*)-l-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyI]pyrrolidin- 3-yl}acetic acid
The ester described in iv) above (135mg) was dissolved in dioxane (ImL) and KOH (105mg) in water (ImL) was added. The mixture was heated at 6O0C for 2h. The cooled mixture was evaporated, then neutralised with HCl (aq.) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were pooled, washed with water, brine and dried (MgSO^ and evaporated to give a white solid (HOmg). MS (ES+) m/z 500 (MH+).
Example 178 (±)-{4-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyI]-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l-yl}acetic acid
Step 1: 2-[4-(TrifluoromethyI)phenyl]pyrazine A mixture of chloropyrazine (10, 0.087mol), 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acd (2Ig), palladium(diphenylphosphino)ferrrocene dichloride (3.5g, 5mol%) and sodium carbonate (10OmL, 2M) in dioxane (20OmL) was degassed (x3) via Firestone valve. The mixture was heated under reflux for Ih., evaporated in vacuo, the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, then the organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The black residue was dry-loaded onto silica and purified by elution with 5-25% ethyl acetate in iso-hexane. This afforded the product as white crystals.
1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.78 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.15 (2H, d, J 8.2), 8.59 (IH, d, J 2.5), 8.68 (IH, t, J
2.0), 9.08 (IH, d, J 1.4).
Step 2; (±)-2-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazine The pyrazine from Step 1 (13g, 0.058mol) was dissolved in acetic acid (10OmL) and palladium acetate added. This mixture was hydrogenated at 45psi for 4h.,then filtered to remove catalyst and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give the product as brown solid. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.98 (6H, s),
2.93 (IH, t, J 11.9), 3.03-3.15 (2H, m), 3.26-3.32 (3H, m), 4.09 (IH, dd, J 2.7, 11.2), 7.65 (2H, d, J 8.3),
7.72 (2H, d, J 8.2). Step 3: (±)-Methyl {3-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperazin-l-yl}acetate
A mixture of the piperazine from Step 2 (2.1g, 9mmol), methyl bromoacetate (ImL, 9mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.4g, 18mmol) in acetonitrile (3OmL) was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The mixture was filtered, evaporated and purified on silica using 25-50% ethyl acetate in ωø-hexane as eluant. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.22 (IH, t, J 10.6), 2.37-2.43 (IH, m), 2.93 (2H, t, J 9.4), 3.10-3.17 (2H, m), 3.26 (2H, s), 3.72 (3H, s), 7.52 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.58 (2H, d, J 8.2).
Step_4: (±)-{4-[2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l-yl}acetic acid
Prepared from the product of Step3 following the procedure of Example 36. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.85-0.93 (IH, m), 2.72 (IH, t, J 11.6), 3.03 (IH, d, J 13.1), 3.24 (2H, t, J
10.6), 3.34 (4H, s), 3.53-3.65 (5H, m), 3.76 (IH, d, J 15.5), 3.99 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.1), 7.70-7.76 (5H, m),
7.86 (IH, d, J 8.1), 8.18 (IH, s).
Example 179 (±)-{4-{4-MethyI-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000165_0001
This compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 86 using the compound of Example 178 Step 3 as the starting material.
1HNMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.65-0.72 (IH, m), 0.83 (7H, dd, J 6.6, 9.8), 0.94 (IH, t, J 5.2), 1.30 (IH, t, J 7.3), 1.39-1.47 (IH, m), 1.86-1.98 (2H, m), 2.32 (IH, t, J 10.2), 2.43 (IH, t, J 10.6), 2.64 (IH, d, J 12.0), 2.79 (IH, t, J 10.8), 3.07-3.21 (4H, m), 3.35 (7H, s), 3.54 (IH, dd, J 3.5, 10.2), 4.10 (IH, t, J 5.3), 5.48 (IH, s), 7.46 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.61 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.73 (4H, s). MS (ES+) m/z 517 (MH+, 100%).
Example 180
(±)-{(2S*,4/?*)-l-[(lJR*)-l-(4-allylphenyl)-4-methyIpentyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin- 4-yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000165_0002
Step 1; (±)-Methyl {(25*,4/?*)-l-[(l/?*)-l-(4-aIlyIphenyl)-4-methylpentyI]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidm-4-yl}acetate
The iodide of Examplel68 Step 1 (400mg, 0.68mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2mL) and allyltributyl tin (0.27mL) was added. The mixture was degassed using a Firestone valve and placed under nitrogen. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (lOOmg) was added and the mixture was heated at 8O0C overnight. The cooled mixture was diluted with water (2OmL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 20-90% CH2CI2 in wø-hexane as eluant. MS (ES+) m/z 502 (MH+, 100%). Step 2:
The ester from Step 1 (lOOmg) was dissolved in methanol (ImL) and sodium hydroxide (0.3mL, 4N) was added. The mixture was heated at 6O0C overnight, cooled, evaporated and the residue dispersed between CH2Cl2 and HCl (0. IN). The organic extract was separated and washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 10-95% ethyl acetate in wo-hexane as eluant. 1HNMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.53-0.60 (IH, m), 0.79-0.86 (7H, m), 1.20-1.28 (IH, m), 1.37-1.53 (2H, m), 1.79-2.02 (5H, m), 2.12-2.20 (2H, m), 2.69 (IH, t, J 11.4), 3.07 (IH, d, J 11.7), 3.37 (2H, d, J 6.7), 3.52-3.56 (IH, m), 4.08 (IH, d, J 10.6), 5.02-5.08 (2H, m), 5.91-5.99 (IH, m), 7.17 (4H, s), 7.70 (2H, d, J 7.8), 7.76 (2H, d, J 8.2). MS (ES+) m/z 488 (MH+, 100%).
Example 181
(±)-{(25*,4i?*)-l-[(li?*)-4-Methyl-l-(4-propyIphenyl)pentyI]-2-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin
Figure imgf000166_0001
The acid described in Example 180 (40mg) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 2h using palladium on charcoal (10%, 8mg) as catalyst. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated. The residue was purified on silica using 0-4% methanol in CH2Cl2 as eluant. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.54-0.61 (IH, m), 0.77-0.85 (7H, m), 0.93 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.22-1.30 (IH, m), 1.38-1.54 (2H, m), 1.59-1.67 (2H, m), 1.83 (IH, d, J 12.9), 1.91-2.03 (4H, m), 2.12-2.20 (2H, m), 2.57 (2H, t, J 7.6), 2.74 (IH, t, J 11.4), 3.13 (IH, d, J 11.6), 3.57 (IH, dd, J 2.8, 11.3), 4.13 (IH, d, J 10.2), 7.16 (4H, q, J 7.4), 7.71 (2H, d, J 7.8), 7.77 (2H, d, J 8.1). MS (ES+) m/z 490 (MH+, 100%).
Example 182
(±)-((25*,4Λ*)-2-(4-Iodophenyl)-l-{(li?*)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyI}piperidin- 4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000166_0002
Step 1; (±)-cw-Methyl {2-[4-(trimethyIsilyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000167_0001
This compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 3 (Steps 1-3) using 4- (trimethylsilyl)benzeneboronic acid as starting material. MS (ES+) m/z 306 (MH*, 100%).
Step^L (±)-Methyl {(25!i;,42?*)-l-{(li?!|:)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]pentyl}-2-[4- (trimethyIsilyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yl}acetate
Figure imgf000167_0002
Prepared from the compound described in Step 2 above following the procedures described in Example
114 Step 2.
MS (ES+) m/z 534 (MH+, 100%).
Step_3L (±)-MethyI ((25*,4i?*)-2-(4-iodophenyl)-l-{(li2*)-4-methyl-l-[4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}pip
Figure imgf000167_0003
The silane described in Step 2 above (329mg, O.όmmol) was dissolved in dry methanol (3mL) under N2 at O0C. Silver tetrafluoroborate (240mg,1.2mmol) was added followed by iodine (310mg, 1.2mmol). This mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, quenched by addition of sodium thiosulfate and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 4-6% ether in iso- hexane as eluant to give the product as a solid (312mg). MS (ES+) m/z 588 (MH+, 100%). SteEiL (±)-((25*,4>R*)-2-(4-Iodophenyl)-l-{(li2*)-4-methyH-[4- (trifluoromethyOphenyllpentyljpiperidin^-ylJacetic acid
Figure imgf000168_0001
Prepared by hydrolysis of the ester from Step 3 by the procedure of Example 180 Step 2.
1H NMR (400MHz, CDCl3): δ 0.63-0.71 (IH, m), 0.81-0.86 (6H, m), 1.08-1.20 (IH, m), 1.24-1.38 (2H, m), 1.42-1.50 (IH, m), 1.65 (IH, d, J 12.7), 1.73-1.91 (4H, m), 2.15-2.37 (3H, m), 2.63 (IH, d, J 11.4),
3.49 (IH, t, J 6.8), 3.60 (IH, d, J 8.6), 7.19 (2H, d, J 7.7), 7.34 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.53 (2H, d, J 8.2), 7.70
(2H, d, J 8.2).
MS (ES+) m/z 574 (MH+, 100%).
Example 183
(±)-((25*,4Λ*)-2-(4-Allylphenyl)-l-{(l/-*)-4-methyl-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pentyl}piperidin- 4-yl)acetic acid
Figure imgf000168_0002
The iodide described in Example 182 (Step 3) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 180 to afford the title compound.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.56-0.63 (IH, m), 0.83 (6H, t, J 6.7), 1.16-1.24 (IH, m), 1.40-1.55 (2H, m), 1.77 (IH, d, J 13.0), 1.88-1.98 (5H, m), 2.12-2.19 (2H, m), 2.64 (IH, t, J 11.1), 2.90 (IH, d, J 11.6),
3.42 (2H, d, J 6.6), 3.67 (IH, t, J 7.1), 3.90 (IH, d, J 9.2), 5.05-5.09 (2H, m), 5.96-6.04 (IH, m), 7.27
(2H, d, J 7.9), 7.38-7.47 (4H, m), 7.62 (2H, d, J 8.1).
MS (ES+) m/z 488 (MH+, 100%).
Example 184 (±)-((25*,4JR*)-2-(4-Propylphenyl)-l-{(lJR*)-4-methyI-l-[4- (trifluoromethyljphenyllpentyllpiperidin^-y^acetic acid
Figure imgf000169_0001
The compound of Example 183 was hydrogenated and purified according to the procedure described in Example 181 to afford the title compound.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 0.56-0.64 (IH, m), 0.78.87 (7H,m), 0.94 (3H, t, J 7.3), 1.17-1.29 (IH, m), 1.40-1.56 (2H, m), 1.63-1.71 (2H, m), 1.79 (IH, d, J 13.0), 1.90-2.00 (4H, m), 2.13-2.20 (2H, m), 2.61- 2.69 (3H, m), 2.93 (IH, d, J 11.6), 3.69 (IH, t, J 7.1), 3.92 (IH, d, J 9.6), 7.27 (2H, d, J 8.0), 7.39 (2H, d, J 7.3), 7.45 (2H, d, J 8.1), 7.63 (2H, d, J 8.1). MS (ES+) m/z 490 (MH+, 100%).
Example 185 {(2S,42?)-l-{(12?)-4-methoxy-l-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]butyl}-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4-yI}acetic acid.
Figure imgf000169_0002
The compound was prepared analogously to Example 160 using the Grignard reagent derived from 1- bromo-3-methoxypropane and starting with the chiral piperidine of Example 114 Step 1. M/Z (ES+) 518 (M+H).
Example 186
{(25,42?)-l-{bis[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl}-2-[4-(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000170_0001
The compound was prepared analogously to Example 160 using the Grignard reagent derived from 4- brombenzotrifluoride and starting with the chiral piperidine of Example 114 Step 1. M/Z (ES+) 590 (M+H).
Example 187
{(25,42?)-l-[(l/?)-l-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methylpentyl]-2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperidin-4- yl}acetic acid
Figure imgf000170_0002
The compound was prepared analogously to Example 160 using the Grignard reagent derived from 1- bromo-3-methylbutane, starting with the chiral piperidine of Example 114 Step 1 and replacing 4- (trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde with 4-chlorobenzaldehyde. M/Z (ES+) 482 (M+H).

Claims

1. A compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000171_0001
I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: p is 0 or 1; q is 0, 1, 2 or 3; V represents a bond or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H,
R2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof;
W represents a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom whose remaining valencies are satisfied via bonding to H, R2 or X-Z or to any combination thereof, provided that when W represents a nitrogen atom, V represents a carbon atom and the moiety X-Z is attached to W; X represents a bond or C(R*)2 or CH2C(R1)2, provided that when W represents N, X does not represent a bond;
Y represents a bond or CH2 or CH2CH2; Z represents CO2H or a tetrazole ring;
A represents hydrocarbon group of from 5 to 25 carbon atoms optionally bearing up to 5 substituents selected from halogen, CN, N3, NO2, Ci.4perfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6, OH, CO2R6, OCOR6 and COR6; each R1 independently represents H or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; or the two R1 groups complete a C3.6alicyclic group;
R2 represents a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of up to 6 carbon atoms; R3 and R4 each represents H, or when V and W each represents a carbon atom, R3 and R4 may together represent a CH2CH2 bridge; each R5 independently represents halogen, CN, NO2, R6, OR6, CO2R6, OCOR6 or COR6; and R6 represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 7 carbon atoms which is optionally substituted with up to 3 halogen atoms.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein V and W both represent carbon atoms and hence complete a piperidine ring.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein q is 1 or 2, each R5 is independently selected from halogen, R6 and OR6, and R6 represents Ci-βalkyl bearing 0-3 fluorine substituents or C2-6alkenyl.
4. A compound according to any previous claim wherein A represents:
A' - (CHR7)m- where m is 0 or 1;
R7 is H or a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms, and A represents a 3- to 12-membered carbocyclic ring system optionally having one or more acyclic hydrocarbon groups attached thereto, such that the total number of carbon atoms is in the range of 5 to 25;
A' and R7 optionally and independently bearing one or more additional substituents, up to a maximum of
5 in combined total, selected from halogen, CN, N3, NO2, C1-4ρerfluoroalkyl, OR6, SR6, OH, CO2R6,
OCOR6 and COR6; where R6 is as defined in claim 1.
5. A compound according to claim 4 of Formula II:
Figure imgf000172_0001
π or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. A compound of claim 4 of formula HI:
Figure imgf000173_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
7. A compound according to claim 4 of formula IV:
Figure imgf000173_0002
IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
Ra represents H, halogen or CF3;
Rb, Rc and Rd are independently selected from H, halogen, CN1 N3, Ci.4perfluoroalkyl, Ci-4alkoxy, OCF3, SCF3, C1-4alkyl, C2.4alkenyl, and phenyl which is optionally substituted with halogen or Ci-4perfluoroalkyl, provided that Rb , Rc and Rd together contain not more than 8 carbon atoms; and
R7a represents a hydrocarbon group of up to 10 carbon atoms optionally bearing a Ci-4perfluoroalkyl substituent or up to 2 halogen substituents.
8. A compound according to claim 7 in which Rb, Rc and Rd complete a group selected from phenyl, vinylphenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, bromophenyl, iodophenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert- butylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, pentafluoroethylphenyl, cyanophenyl, methoxyphenyl, trifluoromethoxyphenyl, difluoromethoxyphenyl, trifluoromethylthiophenyl, biphenyl, 4'- trifluoromethylbiphenyl, bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, dichlorophenyl, dimethylphenyl, 5-fluoro-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 5- propyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl and 2-propyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
9. A compound according to claim 7 or claim 8 in which R7a represents a branched alkyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms, or a branched alkenyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms, or a branched alkynyl group of up to 6 carbon atoms.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any previous claim and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
11. A compound according to any of claims 1-9 for use in therapeutic treatment of the human body.
12. The use of a compound according to any of claims 1-9 for the manufacture of a medicament for treatment or prevention of a disease assocaited with deposition of β-amyloid in the brain.
13. A method of treating or preventing a disease associated with deposition of Aβ in the brain comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
PCT/GB2005/004040 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease WO2006043064A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2005297063A AU2005297063B2 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of Alzheimer's disease
JP2007537378A JP2008517047A (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidine and related compounds for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US11/664,678 US7638629B2 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease
CA002584504A CA2584504A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease
AT05794772T ATE455763T1 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 PIPERIDINE AND RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE
DE602005019078T DE602005019078D1 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 PIPERIDINE AND RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF ALZHEIMER DISEASE
EP05794772A EP1805141B1 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0423356.5 2004-10-21
GBGB0423356.5A GB0423356D0 (en) 2004-10-21 2004-10-21 Therapeutic agents

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006043064A1 true WO2006043064A1 (en) 2006-04-27

Family

ID=33484928

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2005/004040 WO2006043064A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2005-10-20 Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer's disease

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (1) US7638629B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1805141B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2008517047A (en)
CN (1) CN101044115A (en)
AT (1) ATE455763T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005297063B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2584504A1 (en)
DE (1) DE602005019078D1 (en)
GB (1) GB0423356D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2006043064A1 (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007110667A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidines and related compounds for the treatment of dementia
WO2007116228A1 (en) * 2006-04-07 2007-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine derivatives for treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2007125364A1 (en) * 2006-04-26 2007-11-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer’s disease
WO2008085301A1 (en) * 2006-12-20 2008-07-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Silylated piperidine derivatives
WO2008099210A2 (en) 2007-02-12 2008-08-21 Merck & Co., Inc. Piperazine derivatives for treatment of ad and related conditions
WO2008030391A3 (en) * 2006-09-07 2008-10-16 Merck & Co Inc Difluorinated piperidines for treatment of alzheimer's disease and related conditions
WO2009145286A1 (en) 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 武田薬品工業株式会社 Heterocyclic compound
WO2010071741A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-06-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Triazole derivatives for treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2010138901A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Biogen Idec Ma Inc Carboxylic acid-containing compounds, derivatives thereof, and related methods of use
WO2012010575A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Bayer Cropscience Ag (4-halogenalkyl-3-thiobenzoyl)cyclohexanediones and use thereof as herbicides
WO2012010573A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Bayer Cropscience Ag 4-(4-halogenalkyl-3-thiobenzoyl)pyrazoles and use thereof as herbicides
US8217064B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2012-07-10 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
WO2015150957A1 (en) 2014-04-01 2015-10-08 Pfizer Inc. Chromene and 1,1 a,2,7b-tetrahydrocyclopropa[c]chromene pyridopyrazinediones as gamma-secretase modulators
WO2016012896A1 (en) 2014-07-24 2016-01-28 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds
WO2016020786A1 (en) 2014-08-06 2016-02-11 Pfizer Inc. Imidazopyridazine compounds
WO2016125048A1 (en) 2015-02-03 2016-08-11 Pfizer Inc. Novel cyclopropabenzofuranyl pyridopyrazinediones
WO2016203347A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 Pfizer Inc. Tricyclic compounds and their use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
WO2017145013A1 (en) 2016-02-23 2017-08-31 Pfizer Inc. 6,7-dihydro-5h-pyrazolo[5,1-b][1,3]oxazine-2-carboxamide compounds
WO2018002760A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Pfizer Inc. 5,7-dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives for treating neurological and neurodegenerative diseases
WO2018234953A1 (en) 2017-06-22 2018-12-27 Pfizer Inc. Dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives
WO2019183636A1 (en) 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 Pfizer Inc. Piperazine azaspiro derivaves
KR20230141594A (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-10 주식회사 비엔에이치리서치 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and their uses

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2010234518A1 (en) * 2009-04-09 2012-02-02 Cognition Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of cognitive decline
CA2830027C (en) 2011-03-31 2016-04-26 Pfizer Inc. Novel bicyclic pyridinones
UA110688C2 (en) 2012-09-21 2016-01-25 Пфайзер Інк. Bicyclic pirydynony
WO2018118670A1 (en) * 2016-12-20 2018-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Antidiabetic spirochroman compounds
US10603313B2 (en) 2017-07-31 2020-03-31 Chiromics, LLC Allosteric modulators of the mu opioid receptor
BR112023009665A2 (en) * 2020-11-19 2023-12-12 Telo Therapeutics Inc COMPOUNDS AND SMALL MOLECULE COMPOSITIONS
CN113549007B (en) * 2021-07-23 2023-07-18 清华大学 Preparation method of piperidine acetate compound

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0436334A2 (en) * 1990-01-04 1991-07-10 Pfizer Inc. 3-Aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
US20030114496A1 (en) * 2001-08-21 2003-06-19 Ian Churcher Novel cyclohexyl sulphones
US20040142974A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2004-07-22 Hoemann Michael Z. 4,4-disubstituted piperidines, and methods of use thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3250771A (en) * 1962-12-17 1966-05-10 Geigy Chem Corp 5-monocarbocyclic aryl-n-lower alkyl-2-pyrrolidine carboxylic acid, esters, amides and derivatives thereof
US4022792A (en) * 1974-12-16 1977-05-10 Sterling Drug Inc. Methylidenepiperidines
AU2002308778A1 (en) * 2001-05-25 2002-12-09 Schering Corporation Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer's disease
TW200302717A (en) * 2002-02-06 2003-08-16 Schering Corp Novel gamma secretase inhibitors

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0436334A2 (en) * 1990-01-04 1991-07-10 Pfizer Inc. 3-Aminopiperidine derivatives and related nitrogen containing heterocycles
US20040142974A1 (en) * 2000-12-06 2004-07-22 Hoemann Michael Z. 4,4-disubstituted piperidines, and methods of use thereof
US20030114496A1 (en) * 2001-08-21 2003-06-19 Ian Churcher Novel cyclohexyl sulphones

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
F. BUSTOS ET. AL.: "Synthesis of 2,4-, 3,4-, and 2,3,4-substitutued pyrrollidines by cyclization of neutral C-centred alpha-aminoalkyl radicals.", TETRAHEDRON, vol. 58, 2002, pages 6837 - 6842, XP002362279 *
J. M. AURRECOECHEA ET. AL.: "Diawtereoselective Synthesis of Pyrrolidines by 5-Exo-trig Cyclizations of alpha-Amino Radicals Derived from N-(alpha-Benzotriazolylalkyl)alkenylamines and Samarium Diiodide.", SYNLETT, vol. 1996, no. 1, 1996, pages 39 - 42, XP002362278 *
K. ACHIWA ET. AL.: "1,3-Dipolar Cycloaddition Leading to N-alkylpyrrolidines.", CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, vol. 32, 1984, pages 2878 - 2881, XP001208225 *

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8222418B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2012-07-17 Merck Sharp + Dohme Corp. Piperidines and related compounds for the treatment of dementia
WO2007110667A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-10-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidines and related compounds for the treatment of dementia
US7985758B2 (en) 2006-04-07 2011-07-26 Merck, Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine derivatives for treatment of Alzheimer's disease
WO2007116228A1 (en) * 2006-04-07 2007-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidine derivatives for treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2007125364A1 (en) * 2006-04-26 2007-11-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer’s disease
US8389547B2 (en) 2006-04-26 2013-03-05 Yudith Garcia Piperidines and related compounds for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
WO2008030391A3 (en) * 2006-09-07 2008-10-16 Merck & Co Inc Difluorinated piperidines for treatment of alzheimer's disease and related conditions
EP2063710A2 (en) * 2006-09-07 2009-06-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Difluorinated piperidines for treatment of alzheimer's disease and related conditions
EP2063710A4 (en) * 2006-09-07 2009-09-02 Merck & Co Inc Difluorinated piperidines for treatment of alzheimer's disease and related conditions
WO2008085301A1 (en) * 2006-12-20 2008-07-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Silylated piperidine derivatives
US8420622B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2013-04-16 Merck, Sharp & Dohme, Corp. Silylated piperidine derivatives
WO2008099210A2 (en) 2007-02-12 2008-08-21 Merck & Co., Inc. Piperazine derivatives for treatment of ad and related conditions
US8664249B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2014-03-04 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
US8217064B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2012-07-10 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
US8367863B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2013-02-05 Envivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tetrasubstituted benzenes
EP2295406A1 (en) * 2008-05-30 2011-03-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Heterocyclic compound
WO2009145286A1 (en) 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 武田薬品工業株式会社 Heterocyclic compound
EP2295406A4 (en) * 2008-05-30 2012-04-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Heterocyclic compound
US8338622B2 (en) 2008-05-30 2012-12-25 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Heterocyclic compound
WO2010071741A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2010-06-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Triazole derivatives for treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2010138901A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Biogen Idec Ma Inc Carboxylic acid-containing compounds, derivatives thereof, and related methods of use
WO2012010573A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Bayer Cropscience Ag 4-(4-halogenalkyl-3-thiobenzoyl)pyrazoles and use thereof as herbicides
WO2012010575A1 (en) 2010-07-21 2012-01-26 Bayer Cropscience Ag (4-halogenalkyl-3-thiobenzoyl)cyclohexanediones and use thereof as herbicides
WO2015150957A1 (en) 2014-04-01 2015-10-08 Pfizer Inc. Chromene and 1,1 a,2,7b-tetrahydrocyclopropa[c]chromene pyridopyrazinediones as gamma-secretase modulators
WO2016012896A1 (en) 2014-07-24 2016-01-28 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds
WO2016020786A1 (en) 2014-08-06 2016-02-11 Pfizer Inc. Imidazopyridazine compounds
WO2016125048A1 (en) 2015-02-03 2016-08-11 Pfizer Inc. Novel cyclopropabenzofuranyl pyridopyrazinediones
EP3766885A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2021-01-20 Pfizer Inc Tricyclic compounds and their use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
WO2016203347A1 (en) 2015-06-17 2016-12-22 Pfizer Inc. Tricyclic compounds and their use as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
WO2017145013A1 (en) 2016-02-23 2017-08-31 Pfizer Inc. 6,7-dihydro-5h-pyrazolo[5,1-b][1,3]oxazine-2-carboxamide compounds
WO2018002760A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2018-01-04 Pfizer Inc. 5,7-dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives for treating neurological and neurodegenerative diseases
EP3872078A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2021-09-01 Pfizer Inc. 5,7-dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives for use in the treament of depression, anxiety or panic disorders
WO2018234953A1 (en) 2017-06-22 2018-12-27 Pfizer Inc. Dihydro-pyrrolo-pyridine derivatives
WO2019183636A1 (en) 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 Pfizer Inc. Piperazine azaspiro derivaves
EP4219464A1 (en) 2018-03-23 2023-08-02 Pfizer Inc. Piperazine azaspiro derivaves
KR20230141594A (en) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-10 주식회사 비엔에이치리서치 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and their uses
KR102640789B1 (en) * 2022-03-28 2024-02-29 주식회사 비엔에이치리서치 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008517047A (en) 2008-05-22
AU2005297063A1 (en) 2006-04-27
US20080021043A1 (en) 2008-01-24
CN101044115A (en) 2007-09-26
EP1805141B1 (en) 2010-01-20
ATE455763T1 (en) 2010-02-15
CA2584504A1 (en) 2006-04-27
GB0423356D0 (en) 2004-11-24
DE602005019078D1 (en) 2010-03-11
US7638629B2 (en) 2009-12-29
AU2005297063B2 (en) 2011-06-02
EP1805141A1 (en) 2007-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1805141B1 (en) Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
EP2013171B1 (en) Piperidines and related compounds for treatment of alzheimer s disease
EP0623120A1 (en) Piperidineacetic acid derivatives as inhibitors of fibrinogen-dependent blood platelet aggregation
EP2001848B1 (en) Piperidines and related compounds for the treatment of dementia
AU2005240830B2 (en) (4, 5, 6, 7-tetrahydro-1-h-indol-7-yl) acetic acid derivatives for treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s disease
AU2004218115A1 (en) Nitrogenous heterocyclic derivative having 2,6-disubstituted styryl
EP2063710B1 (en) Difluorinated piperidines for treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease and related conditions
US7985758B2 (en) Piperidine derivatives for treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s disease
EP2120584B1 (en) Silylated piperidine derivatives
AU2006313537A1 (en) Tetrahydroindole derivatives for treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s disease

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005297063

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11664678

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2549/DELNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005794772

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 200580035497.X

Country of ref document: CN

Ref document number: 2584504

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005297063

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20051020

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005297063

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007537378

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005794772

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 11664678

Country of ref document: US